Bug Summary

File:tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp
Warning:line 834, column 29
Potential leak of memory pointed to by field 'DiagStorage'

Annotated Source Code

/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp

1//===--- SemaCUDA.cpp - Semantic Analysis for CUDA constructs -------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9/// \file
10/// \brief This file implements semantic analysis for CUDA constructs.
11///
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
15#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
16#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
17#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
18#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
19#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
20#include "clang/Sema/SemaDiagnostic.h"
21#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
22#include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
23#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
24#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
25using namespace clang;
26
27void Sema::PushForceCUDAHostDevice() {
28 assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 28, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
29 ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth++;
30}
31
32bool Sema::PopForceCUDAHostDevice() {
33 assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 33, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
34 if (ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth == 0)
35 return false;
36 ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth--;
37 return true;
38}
39
40ExprResult Sema::ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
41 MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
42 SourceLocation GGGLoc) {
43 FunctionDecl *ConfigDecl = Context.getcudaConfigureCallDecl();
44 if (!ConfigDecl)
45 return ExprError(Diag(LLLLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use)
46 << "cudaConfigureCall");
47 QualType ConfigQTy = ConfigDecl->getType();
48
49 DeclRefExpr *ConfigDR = new (Context)
50 DeclRefExpr(ConfigDecl, false, ConfigQTy, VK_LValue, LLLLoc);
51 MarkFunctionReferenced(LLLLoc, ConfigDecl);
52
53 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ConfigDR, LLLLoc, ExecConfig, GGGLoc, nullptr,
54 /*IsExecConfig=*/true);
55}
56
57Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget Sema::IdentifyCUDATarget(const AttributeList *Attr) {
58 bool HasHostAttr = false;
59 bool HasDeviceAttr = false;
60 bool HasGlobalAttr = false;
61 bool HasInvalidTargetAttr = false;
62 while (Attr) {
63 switch(Attr->getKind()){
64 case AttributeList::AT_CUDAGlobal:
65 HasGlobalAttr = true;
66 break;
67 case AttributeList::AT_CUDAHost:
68 HasHostAttr = true;
69 break;
70 case AttributeList::AT_CUDADevice:
71 HasDeviceAttr = true;
72 break;
73 case AttributeList::AT_CUDAInvalidTarget:
74 HasInvalidTargetAttr = true;
75 break;
76 default:
77 break;
78 }
79 Attr = Attr->getNext();
80 }
81 if (HasInvalidTargetAttr)
82 return CFT_InvalidTarget;
83
84 if (HasGlobalAttr)
85 return CFT_Global;
86
87 if (HasHostAttr && HasDeviceAttr)
88 return CFT_HostDevice;
89
90 if (HasDeviceAttr)
91 return CFT_Device;
92
93 return CFT_Host;
94}
95
96template <typename A>
97static bool hasAttr(const FunctionDecl *D, bool IgnoreImplicitAttr) {
98 return D->hasAttrs() && llvm::any_of(D->getAttrs(), [&](Attr *Attribute) {
99 return isa<A>(Attribute) &&
100 !(IgnoreImplicitAttr && Attribute->isImplicit());
101 });
102}
103
104/// IdentifyCUDATarget - Determine the CUDA compilation target for this function
105Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget Sema::IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D,
106 bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr) {
107 // Code that lives outside a function is run on the host.
108 if (D == nullptr)
109 return CFT_Host;
110
111 if (D->hasAttr<CUDAInvalidTargetAttr>())
112 return CFT_InvalidTarget;
113
114 if (D->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
115 return CFT_Global;
116
117 if (hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>(D, IgnoreImplicitHDAttr)) {
118 if (hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>(D, IgnoreImplicitHDAttr))
119 return CFT_HostDevice;
120 return CFT_Device;
121 } else if (hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>(D, IgnoreImplicitHDAttr)) {
122 return CFT_Host;
123 } else if (D->isImplicit() && !IgnoreImplicitHDAttr) {
124 // Some implicit declarations (like intrinsic functions) are not marked.
125 // Set the most lenient target on them for maximal flexibility.
126 return CFT_HostDevice;
127 }
128
129 return CFT_Host;
130}
131
132// * CUDA Call preference table
133//
134// F - from,
135// T - to
136// Ph - preference in host mode
137// Pd - preference in device mode
138// H - handled in (x)
139// Preferences: N:native, SS:same side, HD:host-device, WS:wrong side, --:never.
140//
141// | F | T | Ph | Pd | H |
142// |----+----+-----+-----+-----+
143// | d | d | N | N | (c) |
144// | d | g | -- | -- | (a) |
145// | d | h | -- | -- | (e) |
146// | d | hd | HD | HD | (b) |
147// | g | d | N | N | (c) |
148// | g | g | -- | -- | (a) |
149// | g | h | -- | -- | (e) |
150// | g | hd | HD | HD | (b) |
151// | h | d | -- | -- | (e) |
152// | h | g | N | N | (c) |
153// | h | h | N | N | (c) |
154// | h | hd | HD | HD | (b) |
155// | hd | d | WS | SS | (d) |
156// | hd | g | SS | -- |(d/a)|
157// | hd | h | SS | WS | (d) |
158// | hd | hd | HD | HD | (b) |
159
160Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference
161Sema::IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
162 const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
163 assert(Callee && "Callee must be valid.")(static_cast <bool> (Callee && "Callee must be valid."
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Callee && \"Callee must be valid.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 163, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
164 CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller);
165 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee);
166
167 // If one of the targets is invalid, the check always fails, no matter what
168 // the other target is.
169 if (CallerTarget == CFT_InvalidTarget || CalleeTarget == CFT_InvalidTarget)
170 return CFP_Never;
171
172 // (a) Can't call global from some contexts until we support CUDA's
173 // dynamic parallelism.
174 if (CalleeTarget == CFT_Global &&
175 (CallerTarget == CFT_Global || CallerTarget == CFT_Device))
176 return CFP_Never;
177
178 // (b) Calling HostDevice is OK for everyone.
179 if (CalleeTarget == CFT_HostDevice)
180 return CFP_HostDevice;
181
182 // (c) Best case scenarios
183 if (CalleeTarget == CallerTarget ||
184 (CallerTarget == CFT_Host && CalleeTarget == CFT_Global) ||
185 (CallerTarget == CFT_Global && CalleeTarget == CFT_Device))
186 return CFP_Native;
187
188 // (d) HostDevice behavior depends on compilation mode.
189 if (CallerTarget == CFT_HostDevice) {
190 // It's OK to call a compilation-mode matching function from an HD one.
191 if ((getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && CalleeTarget == CFT_Device) ||
192 (!getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice &&
193 (CalleeTarget == CFT_Host || CalleeTarget == CFT_Global)))
194 return CFP_SameSide;
195
196 // Calls from HD to non-mode-matching functions (i.e., to host functions
197 // when compiling in device mode or to device functions when compiling in
198 // host mode) are allowed at the sema level, but eventually rejected if
199 // they're ever codegened. TODO: Reject said calls earlier.
200 return CFP_WrongSide;
201 }
202
203 // (e) Calling across device/host boundary is not something you should do.
204 if ((CallerTarget == CFT_Host && CalleeTarget == CFT_Device) ||
205 (CallerTarget == CFT_Device && CalleeTarget == CFT_Host) ||
206 (CallerTarget == CFT_Global && CalleeTarget == CFT_Host))
207 return CFP_Never;
208
209 llvm_unreachable("All cases should've been handled by now.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("All cases should've been handled by now."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 209)
;
210}
211
212void Sema::EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(
213 const FunctionDecl *Caller,
214 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches) {
215 if (Matches.size() <= 1)
216 return;
217
218 using Pair = std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>;
219
220 // Gets the CUDA function preference for a call from Caller to Match.
221 auto GetCFP = [&](const Pair &Match) {
222 return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Match.second);
223 };
224
225 // Find the best call preference among the functions in Matches.
226 CUDAFunctionPreference BestCFP = GetCFP(*std::max_element(
227 Matches.begin(), Matches.end(),
228 [&](const Pair &M1, const Pair &M2) { return GetCFP(M1) < GetCFP(M2); }));
229
230 // Erase all functions with lower priority.
231 llvm::erase_if(Matches,
232 [&](const Pair &Match) { return GetCFP(Match) < BestCFP; });
233}
234
235/// When an implicitly-declared special member has to invoke more than one
236/// base/field special member, conflicts may occur in the targets of these
237/// members. For example, if one base's member __host__ and another's is
238/// __device__, it's a conflict.
239/// This function figures out if the given targets \param Target1 and
240/// \param Target2 conflict, and if they do not it fills in
241/// \param ResolvedTarget with a target that resolves for both calls.
242/// \return true if there's a conflict, false otherwise.
243static bool
244resolveCalleeCUDATargetConflict(Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget Target1,
245 Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget Target2,
246 Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget *ResolvedTarget) {
247 // Only free functions and static member functions may be global.
248 assert(Target1 != Sema::CFT_Global)(static_cast <bool> (Target1 != Sema::CFT_Global) ? void
(0) : __assert_fail ("Target1 != Sema::CFT_Global", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 248, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
249 assert(Target2 != Sema::CFT_Global)(static_cast <bool> (Target2 != Sema::CFT_Global) ? void
(0) : __assert_fail ("Target2 != Sema::CFT_Global", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 249, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
250
251 if (Target1 == Sema::CFT_HostDevice) {
252 *ResolvedTarget = Target2;
253 } else if (Target2 == Sema::CFT_HostDevice) {
254 *ResolvedTarget = Target1;
255 } else if (Target1 != Target2) {
256 return true;
257 } else {
258 *ResolvedTarget = Target1;
259 }
260
261 return false;
262}
263
264bool Sema::inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
265 CXXSpecialMember CSM,
266 CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
267 bool ConstRHS,
268 bool Diagnose) {
269 llvm::Optional<CUDAFunctionTarget> InferredTarget;
270
271 // We're going to invoke special member lookup; mark that these special
272 // members are called from this one, and not from its caller.
273 ContextRAII MethodContext(*this, MemberDecl);
274
275 // Look for special members in base classes that should be invoked from here.
276 // Infer the target of this member base on the ones it should call.
277 // Skip direct and indirect virtual bases for abstract classes.
278 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXBaseSpecifier *, 16> Bases;
279 for (const auto &B : ClassDecl->bases()) {
280 if (!B.isVirtual()) {
281 Bases.push_back(&B);
282 }
283 }
284
285 if (!ClassDecl->isAbstract()) {
286 for (const auto &VB : ClassDecl->vbases()) {
287 Bases.push_back(&VB);
288 }
289 }
290
291 for (const auto *B : Bases) {
292 const RecordType *BaseType = B->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
293 if (!BaseType) {
294 continue;
295 }
296
297 CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
298 Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult SMOR =
299 LookupSpecialMember(BaseClassDecl, CSM,
300 /* ConstArg */ ConstRHS,
301 /* VolatileArg */ false,
302 /* RValueThis */ false,
303 /* ConstThis */ false,
304 /* VolatileThis */ false);
305
306 if (!SMOR.getMethod())
307 continue;
308
309 CUDAFunctionTarget BaseMethodTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(SMOR.getMethod());
310 if (!InferredTarget.hasValue()) {
311 InferredTarget = BaseMethodTarget;
312 } else {
313 bool ResolutionError = resolveCalleeCUDATargetConflict(
314 InferredTarget.getValue(), BaseMethodTarget,
315 InferredTarget.getPointer());
316 if (ResolutionError) {
317 if (Diagnose) {
318 Diag(ClassDecl->getLocation(),
319 diag::note_implicit_member_target_infer_collision)
320 << (unsigned)CSM << InferredTarget.getValue() << BaseMethodTarget;
321 }
322 MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDAInvalidTargetAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
323 return true;
324 }
325 }
326 }
327
328 // Same as for bases, but now for special members of fields.
329 for (const auto *F : ClassDecl->fields()) {
330 if (F->isInvalidDecl()) {
331 continue;
332 }
333
334 const RecordType *FieldType =
335 Context.getBaseElementType(F->getType())->getAs<RecordType>();
336 if (!FieldType) {
337 continue;
338 }
339
340 CXXRecordDecl *FieldRecDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldType->getDecl());
341 Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult SMOR =
342 LookupSpecialMember(FieldRecDecl, CSM,
343 /* ConstArg */ ConstRHS && !F->isMutable(),
344 /* VolatileArg */ false,
345 /* RValueThis */ false,
346 /* ConstThis */ false,
347 /* VolatileThis */ false);
348
349 if (!SMOR.getMethod())
350 continue;
351
352 CUDAFunctionTarget FieldMethodTarget =
353 IdentifyCUDATarget(SMOR.getMethod());
354 if (!InferredTarget.hasValue()) {
355 InferredTarget = FieldMethodTarget;
356 } else {
357 bool ResolutionError = resolveCalleeCUDATargetConflict(
358 InferredTarget.getValue(), FieldMethodTarget,
359 InferredTarget.getPointer());
360 if (ResolutionError) {
361 if (Diagnose) {
362 Diag(ClassDecl->getLocation(),
363 diag::note_implicit_member_target_infer_collision)
364 << (unsigned)CSM << InferredTarget.getValue()
365 << FieldMethodTarget;
366 }
367 MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDAInvalidTargetAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
368 return true;
369 }
370 }
371 }
372
373 if (InferredTarget.hasValue()) {
374 if (InferredTarget.getValue() == CFT_Device) {
375 MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
376 } else if (InferredTarget.getValue() == CFT_Host) {
377 MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
378 } else {
379 MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
380 MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
381 }
382 } else {
383 // If no target was inferred, mark this member as __host__ __device__;
384 // it's the least restrictive option that can be invoked from any target.
385 MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
386 MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
387 }
388
389 return false;
390}
391
392bool Sema::isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
393 if (!CD->isDefined() && CD->isTemplateInstantiation())
394 InstantiateFunctionDefinition(Loc, CD->getFirstDecl());
395
396 // (E.2.3.1, CUDA 7.5) A constructor for a class type is considered
397 // empty at a point in the translation unit, if it is either a
398 // trivial constructor
399 if (CD->isTrivial())
400 return true;
401
402 // ... or it satisfies all of the following conditions:
403 // The constructor function has been defined.
404 // The constructor function has no parameters,
405 // and the function body is an empty compound statement.
406 if (!(CD->hasTrivialBody() && CD->getNumParams() == 0))
407 return false;
408
409 // Its class has no virtual functions and no virtual base classes.
410 if (CD->getParent()->isDynamicClass())
411 return false;
412
413 // The only form of initializer allowed is an empty constructor.
414 // This will recursively check all base classes and member initializers
415 if (!llvm::all_of(CD->inits(), [&](const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
416 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE =
417 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(CI->getInit()))
418 return isEmptyCudaConstructor(Loc, CE->getConstructor());
419 return false;
420 }))
421 return false;
422
423 return true;
424}
425
426bool Sema::isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *DD) {
427 // No destructor -> no problem.
428 if (!DD)
429 return true;
430
431 if (!DD->isDefined() && DD->isTemplateInstantiation())
432 InstantiateFunctionDefinition(Loc, DD->getFirstDecl());
433
434 // (E.2.3.1, CUDA 7.5) A destructor for a class type is considered
435 // empty at a point in the translation unit, if it is either a
436 // trivial constructor
437 if (DD->isTrivial())
438 return true;
439
440 // ... or it satisfies all of the following conditions:
441 // The destructor function has been defined.
442 // and the function body is an empty compound statement.
443 if (!DD->hasTrivialBody())
444 return false;
445
446 const CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = DD->getParent();
447
448 // Its class has no virtual functions and no virtual base classes.
449 if (ClassDecl->isDynamicClass())
450 return false;
451
452 // Only empty destructors are allowed. This will recursively check
453 // destructors for all base classes...
454 if (!llvm::all_of(ClassDecl->bases(), [&](const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS) {
455 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
456 return isEmptyCudaDestructor(Loc, RD->getDestructor());
457 return true;
458 }))
459 return false;
460
461 // ... and member fields.
462 if (!llvm::all_of(ClassDecl->fields(), [&](const FieldDecl *Field) {
463 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Field->getType()
464 ->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()
465 ->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
466 return isEmptyCudaDestructor(Loc, RD->getDestructor());
467 return true;
468 }))
469 return false;
470
471 return true;
472}
473
474// With -fcuda-host-device-constexpr, an unattributed constexpr function is
475// treated as implicitly __host__ __device__, unless:
476// * it is a variadic function (device-side variadic functions are not
477// allowed), or
478// * a __device__ function with this signature was already declared, in which
479// case in which case we output an error, unless the __device__ decl is in a
480// system header, in which case we leave the constexpr function unattributed.
481//
482// In addition, all function decls are treated as __host__ __device__ when
483// ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth > 0 (corresponding to code within a
484// #pragma clang force_cuda_host_device_begin/end
485// pair).
486void Sema::maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *NewD,
487 const LookupResult &Previous) {
488 assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 488, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
489
490 if (ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth > 0) {
491 if (!NewD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())
492 NewD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
493 if (!NewD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>())
494 NewD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
495 return;
496 }
497
498 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAHostDeviceConstexpr || !NewD->isConstexpr() ||
499 NewD->isVariadic() || NewD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() ||
500 NewD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || NewD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
501 return;
502
503 // Is D a __device__ function with the same signature as NewD, ignoring CUDA
504 // attributes?
505 auto IsMatchingDeviceFn = [&](NamedDecl *D) {
506 if (UsingShadowDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
507 D = Using->getTargetDecl();
508 FunctionDecl *OldD = D->getAsFunction();
509 return OldD && OldD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() &&
510 !OldD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() &&
511 !IsOverload(NewD, OldD, /* UseMemberUsingDeclRules = */ false,
512 /* ConsiderCudaAttrs = */ false);
513 };
514 auto It = llvm::find_if(Previous, IsMatchingDeviceFn);
515 if (It != Previous.end()) {
516 // We found a __device__ function with the same name and signature as NewD
517 // (ignoring CUDA attrs). This is an error unless that function is defined
518 // in a system header, in which case we simply return without making NewD
519 // host+device.
520 NamedDecl *Match = *It;
521 if (!getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Match->getLocation())) {
522 Diag(NewD->getLocation(),
523 diag::err_cuda_unattributed_constexpr_cannot_overload_device)
524 << NewD->getName();
525 Diag(Match->getLocation(),
526 diag::note_cuda_conflicting_device_function_declared_here);
527 }
528 return;
529 }
530
531 NewD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
532 NewD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
533}
534
535// In CUDA, there are some constructs which may appear in semantically-valid
536// code, but trigger errors if we ever generate code for the function in which
537// they appear. Essentially every construct you're not allowed to use on the
538// device falls into this category, because you are allowed to use these
539// constructs in a __host__ __device__ function, but only if that function is
540// never codegen'ed on the device.
541//
542// To handle semantic checking for these constructs, we keep track of the set of
543// functions we know will be emitted, either because we could tell a priori that
544// they would be emitted, or because they were transitively called by a
545// known-emitted function.
546//
547// We also keep a partial call graph of which not-known-emitted functions call
548// which other not-known-emitted functions.
549//
550// When we see something which is illegal if the current function is emitted
551// (usually by way of CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, CUDADiagIfHostCode, or
552// CheckCUDACall), we first check if the current function is known-emitted. If
553// so, we immediately output the diagnostic.
554//
555// Otherwise, we "defer" the diagnostic. It sits in Sema::CUDADeferredDiags
556// until we discover that the function is known-emitted, at which point we take
557// it out of this map and emit the diagnostic.
558
559Sema::CUDADiagBuilder::CUDADiagBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc,
560 unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *Fn,
561 Sema &S)
562 : S(S), Loc(Loc), DiagID(DiagID), Fn(Fn),
563 ShowCallStack(K == K_ImmediateWithCallStack || K == K_Deferred) {
564 switch (K) {
565 case K_Nop:
566 break;
567 case K_Immediate:
568 case K_ImmediateWithCallStack:
569 ImmediateDiag.emplace(S.Diag(Loc, DiagID));
570 break;
571 case K_Deferred:
572 assert(Fn && "Must have a function to attach the deferred diag to.")(static_cast <bool> (Fn && "Must have a function to attach the deferred diag to."
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn && \"Must have a function to attach the deferred diag to.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 572, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
573 PartialDiag.emplace(S.PDiag(DiagID));
574 break;
575 }
576}
577
578// Print notes showing how we can reach FD starting from an a priori
579// known-callable function.
580static void EmitCallStackNotes(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
581 auto FnIt = S.CUDAKnownEmittedFns.find(FD);
582 while (FnIt != S.CUDAKnownEmittedFns.end()) {
583 DiagnosticBuilder Builder(
584 S.Diags.Report(FnIt->second.Loc, diag::note_called_by));
585 Builder << FnIt->second.FD;
586 Builder.setForceEmit();
587
588 FnIt = S.CUDAKnownEmittedFns.find(FnIt->second.FD);
589 }
590}
591
592Sema::CUDADiagBuilder::~CUDADiagBuilder() {
593 if (ImmediateDiag) {
594 // Emit our diagnostic and, if it was a warning or error, output a callstack
595 // if Fn isn't a priori known-emitted.
596 bool IsWarningOrError = S.getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
597 DiagID, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Warning;
598 ImmediateDiag.reset(); // Emit the immediate diag.
599 if (IsWarningOrError && ShowCallStack)
600 EmitCallStackNotes(S, Fn);
601 } else if (PartialDiag) {
602 assert(ShowCallStack && "Must always show call stack for deferred diags.")(static_cast <bool> (ShowCallStack && "Must always show call stack for deferred diags."
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ShowCallStack && \"Must always show call stack for deferred diags.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 602, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
603 S.CUDADeferredDiags[Fn].push_back({Loc, std::move(*PartialDiag)});
604 }
605}
606
607// Do we know that we will eventually codegen the given function?
608static bool IsKnownEmitted(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
609 // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated.
610 if (FD->isDependentContext())
611 return false;
612
613 // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted. Similarly,
614 // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted.
615 // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this
616 // doesn't count for our purposes here.)
617 Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(FD);
618 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host)
619 return false;
620 if (!S.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice &&
621 (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global))
622 return false;
623
624 // Check whether this function is externally visible -- if so, it's
625 // known-emitted.
626 //
627 // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we
628 // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will be
629 // emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline".
630 FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition();
631
632 if (Def &&
633 !isDiscardableGVALinkage(S.getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def)))
634 return true;
635
636 // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of
637 // known-emitted functions.
638 return S.CUDAKnownEmittedFns.count(FD) > 0;
639}
640
641Sema::CUDADiagBuilder Sema::CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc,
642 unsigned DiagID) {
643 assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 643, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
644 CUDADiagBuilder::Kind DiagKind = [&] {
645 switch (CurrentCUDATarget()) {
646 case CFT_Global:
647 case CFT_Device:
648 return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Immediate;
649 case CFT_HostDevice:
650 // An HD function counts as host code if we're compiling for host, and
651 // device code if we're compiling for device. Defer any errors in device
652 // mode until the function is known-emitted.
653 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) {
654 return IsKnownEmitted(*this, dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext))
655 ? CUDADiagBuilder::K_ImmediateWithCallStack
656 : CUDADiagBuilder::K_Deferred;
657 }
658 return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Nop;
659
660 default:
661 return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Nop;
662 }
663 }();
664 return CUDADiagBuilder(DiagKind, Loc, DiagID,
665 dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), *this);
666}
667
668Sema::CUDADiagBuilder Sema::CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc,
669 unsigned DiagID) {
670 assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 670, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
671 CUDADiagBuilder::Kind DiagKind = [&] {
672 switch (CurrentCUDATarget()) {
673 case CFT_Host:
674 return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Immediate;
675 case CFT_HostDevice:
676 // An HD function counts as host code if we're compiling for host, and
677 // device code if we're compiling for device. Defer any errors in device
678 // mode until the function is known-emitted.
679 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice)
680 return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Nop;
681
682 return IsKnownEmitted(*this, dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext))
683 ? CUDADiagBuilder::K_ImmediateWithCallStack
684 : CUDADiagBuilder::K_Deferred;
685 default:
686 return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Nop;
687 }
688 }();
689 return CUDADiagBuilder(DiagKind, Loc, DiagID,
690 dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), *this);
691}
692
693// Emit any deferred diagnostics for FD and erase them from the map in which
694// they're stored.
695static void EmitDeferredDiags(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
696 auto It = S.CUDADeferredDiags.find(FD);
697 if (It == S.CUDADeferredDiags.end())
698 return;
699 bool HasWarningOrError = false;
700 for (PartialDiagnosticAt &PDAt : It->second) {
701 const SourceLocation &Loc = PDAt.first;
702 const PartialDiagnostic &PD = PDAt.second;
703 HasWarningOrError |= S.getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
704 PD.getDiagID(), Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Warning;
705 DiagnosticBuilder Builder(S.Diags.Report(Loc, PD.getDiagID()));
706 Builder.setForceEmit();
707 PD.Emit(Builder);
708 }
709 S.CUDADeferredDiags.erase(It);
710
711 // FIXME: Should this be called after every warning/error emitted in the loop
712 // above, instead of just once per function? That would be consistent with
713 // how we handle immediate errors, but it also seems like a bit much.
714 if (HasWarningOrError)
715 EmitCallStackNotes(S, FD);
716}
717
718// Indicate that this function (and thus everything it transtively calls) will
719// be codegen'ed, and emit any deferred diagnostics on this function and its
720// (transitive) callees.
721static void MarkKnownEmitted(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OrigCaller,
722 FunctionDecl *OrigCallee, SourceLocation OrigLoc) {
723 // Nothing to do if we already know that FD is emitted.
724 if (IsKnownEmitted(S, OrigCallee)) {
725 assert(!S.CUDACallGraph.count(OrigCallee))(static_cast <bool> (!S.CUDACallGraph.count(OrigCallee)
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!S.CUDACallGraph.count(OrigCallee)"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 725, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
726 return;
727 }
728
729 // We've just discovered that OrigCallee is known-emitted. Walk our call
730 // graph to see what else we can now discover also must be emitted.
731
732 struct CallInfo {
733 FunctionDecl *Caller;
734 FunctionDecl *Callee;
735 SourceLocation Loc;
736 };
737 llvm::SmallVector<CallInfo, 4> Worklist = {{OrigCaller, OrigCallee, OrigLoc}};
738 llvm::SmallSet<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, 4> Seen;
739 Seen.insert(OrigCallee);
740 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
741 CallInfo C = Worklist.pop_back_val();
742 assert(!IsKnownEmitted(S, C.Callee) &&(static_cast <bool> (!IsKnownEmitted(S, C.Callee) &&
"Worklist should not contain known-emitted functions.") ? void
(0) : __assert_fail ("!IsKnownEmitted(S, C.Callee) && \"Worklist should not contain known-emitted functions.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 743, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
743 "Worklist should not contain known-emitted functions.")(static_cast <bool> (!IsKnownEmitted(S, C.Callee) &&
"Worklist should not contain known-emitted functions.") ? void
(0) : __assert_fail ("!IsKnownEmitted(S, C.Callee) && \"Worklist should not contain known-emitted functions.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 743, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
744 S.CUDAKnownEmittedFns[C.Callee] = {C.Caller, C.Loc};
745 EmitDeferredDiags(S, C.Callee);
746
747 // If this is a template instantiation, explore its callgraph as well:
748 // Non-dependent calls are part of the template's callgraph, while dependent
749 // calls are part of to the instantiation's call graph.
750 if (auto *Templ = C.Callee->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
751 FunctionDecl *TemplFD = Templ->getAsFunction();
752 if (!Seen.count(TemplFD) && !S.CUDAKnownEmittedFns.count(TemplFD)) {
753 Seen.insert(TemplFD);
754 Worklist.push_back(
755 {/* Caller = */ C.Caller, /* Callee = */ TemplFD, C.Loc});
756 }
757 }
758
759 // Add all functions called by Callee to our worklist.
760 auto CGIt = S.CUDACallGraph.find(C.Callee);
761 if (CGIt == S.CUDACallGraph.end())
762 continue;
763
764 for (std::pair<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, SourceLocation> FDLoc :
765 CGIt->second) {
766 FunctionDecl *NewCallee = FDLoc.first;
767 SourceLocation CallLoc = FDLoc.second;
768 if (Seen.count(NewCallee) || IsKnownEmitted(S, NewCallee))
769 continue;
770 Seen.insert(NewCallee);
771 Worklist.push_back(
772 {/* Caller = */ C.Callee, /* Callee = */ NewCallee, CallLoc});
773 }
774
775 // C.Callee is now known-emitted, so we no longer need to maintain its list
776 // of callees in CUDACallGraph.
777 S.CUDACallGraph.erase(CGIt);
778 }
779}
780
781bool Sema::CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee) {
782 assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 782, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
783 assert(Callee && "Callee may not be null.")(static_cast <bool> (Callee && "Callee may not be null."
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Callee && \"Callee may not be null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 783, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
784 // FIXME: Is bailing out early correct here? Should we instead assume that
785 // the caller is a global initializer?
786 FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
787 if (!Caller)
1
Assuming 'Caller' is non-null
2
Taking false branch
788 return true;
789
790 // If the caller is known-emitted, mark the callee as known-emitted.
791 // Otherwise, mark the call in our call graph so we can traverse it later.
792 bool CallerKnownEmitted = IsKnownEmitted(*this, Caller);
793 if (CallerKnownEmitted)
3
Taking true branch
794 MarkKnownEmitted(*this, Caller, Callee, Loc);
795 else {
796 // If we have
797 // host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device,
798 // the HD function does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by
799 // omitting at the call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures
800 // that, when compiling for host, only HD functions actually called from the
801 // host get marked as known-emitted.
802 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice || IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) != CFT_Global)
803 CUDACallGraph[Caller].insert({Callee, Loc});
804 }
805
806 CUDADiagBuilder::Kind DiagKind = [&] {
807 switch (IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee)) {
808 case CFP_Never:
809 return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Immediate;
810 case CFP_WrongSide:
811 assert(Caller && "WrongSide calls require a non-null caller")(static_cast <bool> (Caller && "WrongSide calls require a non-null caller"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Caller && \"WrongSide calls require a non-null caller\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 811, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
812 // If we know the caller will be emitted, we know this wrong-side call
813 // will be emitted, so it's an immediate error. Otherwise, defer the
814 // error until we know the caller is emitted.
815 return CallerKnownEmitted ? CUDADiagBuilder::K_ImmediateWithCallStack
816 : CUDADiagBuilder::K_Deferred;
817 default:
818 return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Nop;
819 }
820 }();
821
822 if (DiagKind == CUDADiagBuilder::K_Nop)
4
Taking false branch
823 return true;
824
825 // Avoid emitting this error twice for the same location. Using a hashtable
826 // like this is unfortunate, but because we must continue parsing as normal
827 // after encountering a deferred error, it's otherwise very tricky for us to
828 // ensure that we only emit this deferred error once.
829 if (!LocsWithCUDACallDiags.insert({Caller, Loc}).second)
5
Assuming the condition is false
6
Taking false branch
830 return true;
831
832 CUDADiagBuilder(DiagKind, Loc, diag::err_ref_bad_target, Caller, *this)
7
Calling 'operator<<'
24
Returned allocated memory
833 << IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) << Callee << IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller);
834 CUDADiagBuilder(DiagKind, Callee->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl,
25
Potential leak of memory pointed to by field 'DiagStorage'
835 Caller, *this)
836 << Callee;
837 return DiagKind != CUDADiagBuilder::K_Immediate &&
838 DiagKind != CUDADiagBuilder::K_ImmediateWithCallStack;
839}
840
841void Sema::CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
842 assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 842, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
843 if (Method->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() || Method->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>())
844 return;
845 FunctionDecl *CurFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
846 if (!CurFn)
847 return;
848 CUDAFunctionTarget Target = IdentifyCUDATarget(CurFn);
849 if (Target == CFT_Global || Target == CFT_Device) {
850 Method->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
851 } else if (Target == CFT_HostDevice) {
852 Method->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
853 Method->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
854 }
855}
856
857void Sema::checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD,
858 const LookupResult &Previous) {
859 assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp"
, 859, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
860 CUDAFunctionTarget NewTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(NewFD);
861 for (NamedDecl *OldND : Previous) {
862 FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldND->getAsFunction();
863 if (!OldFD)
864 continue;
865
866 CUDAFunctionTarget OldTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(OldFD);
867 // Don't allow HD and global functions to overload other functions with the
868 // same signature. We allow overloading based on CUDA attributes so that
869 // functions can have different implementations on the host and device, but
870 // HD/global functions "exist" in some sense on both the host and device, so
871 // should have the same implementation on both sides.
872 if (NewTarget != OldTarget &&
873 ((NewTarget == CFT_HostDevice) || (OldTarget == CFT_HostDevice) ||
874 (NewTarget == CFT_Global) || (OldTarget == CFT_Global)) &&
875 !IsOverload(NewFD, OldFD, /* UseMemberUsingDeclRules = */ false,
876 /* ConsiderCudaAttrs = */ false)) {
877 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cuda_ovl_target)
878 << NewTarget << NewFD->getDeclName() << OldTarget << OldFD;
879 Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
880 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
881 break;
882 }
883 }
884}
885
886template <typename AttrTy>
887static void copyAttrIfPresent(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD,
888 const FunctionDecl &TemplateFD) {
889 if (AttrTy *Attribute = TemplateFD.getAttr<AttrTy>()) {
890 AttrTy *Clone = Attribute->clone(S.Context);
891 Clone->setInherited(true);
892 FD->addAttr(Clone);
893 }
894}
895
896void Sema::inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD,
897 const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD) {
898 const FunctionDecl &TemplateFD = *TD.getTemplatedDecl();
899 copyAttrIfPresent<CUDAGlobalAttr>(*this, FD, TemplateFD);
900 copyAttrIfPresent<CUDAHostAttr>(*this, FD, TemplateFD);
901 copyAttrIfPresent<CUDADeviceAttr>(*this, FD, TemplateFD);
902}

/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h

1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/Availability.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
21#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
23#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
24#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
25#include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h"
26#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
27#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
28#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
29#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
30#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
31#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
32#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
33#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
34#include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
35#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
36#include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h"
37#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
38#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
39#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
43#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
44#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
45#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
46#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
47#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
48#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
49#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
50#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
51#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
52#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
53#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
54#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
55#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
56#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
57#include <deque>
58#include <memory>
59#include <string>
60#include <vector>
61
62namespace llvm {
63 class APSInt;
64 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
65 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
66 class SmallBitVector;
67 struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
68}
69
70namespace clang {
71 class ADLResult;
72 class ASTConsumer;
73 class ASTContext;
74 class ASTMutationListener;
75 class ASTReader;
76 class ASTWriter;
77 class ArrayType;
78 class AttributeList;
79 class BindingDecl;
80 class BlockDecl;
81 class CapturedDecl;
82 class CXXBasePath;
83 class CXXBasePaths;
84 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
85 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
86 class CXXConstructorDecl;
87 class CXXConversionDecl;
88 class CXXDeleteExpr;
89 class CXXDestructorDecl;
90 class CXXFieldCollector;
91 class CXXMemberCallExpr;
92 class CXXMethodDecl;
93 class CXXScopeSpec;
94 class CXXTemporary;
95 class CXXTryStmt;
96 class CallExpr;
97 class ClassTemplateDecl;
98 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
99 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
100 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
101 class CodeCompleteConsumer;
102 class CodeCompletionAllocator;
103 class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
104 class CodeCompletionResult;
105 class CoroutineBodyStmt;
106 class Decl;
107 class DeclAccessPair;
108 class DeclContext;
109 class DeclRefExpr;
110 class DeclaratorDecl;
111 class DeducedTemplateArgument;
112 class DependentDiagnostic;
113 class DesignatedInitExpr;
114 class Designation;
115 class EnableIfAttr;
116 class EnumConstantDecl;
117 class Expr;
118 class ExtVectorType;
119 class FormatAttr;
120 class FriendDecl;
121 class FunctionDecl;
122 class FunctionProtoType;
123 class FunctionTemplateDecl;
124 class ImplicitConversionSequence;
125 typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList;
126 class InitListExpr;
127 class InitializationKind;
128 class InitializationSequence;
129 class InitializedEntity;
130 class IntegerLiteral;
131 class LabelStmt;
132 class LambdaExpr;
133 class LangOptions;
134 class LocalInstantiationScope;
135 class LookupResult;
136 class MacroInfo;
137 typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
138 class ModuleLoader;
139 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
140 class NamedDecl;
141 class ObjCCategoryDecl;
142 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
143 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
144 class ObjCContainerDecl;
145 class ObjCImplDecl;
146 class ObjCImplementationDecl;
147 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
148 class ObjCIvarDecl;
149 template <class T> class ObjCList;
150 class ObjCMessageExpr;
151 class ObjCMethodDecl;
152 class ObjCPropertyDecl;
153 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
154 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
155 class OMPDeclareReductionDecl;
156 class OMPDeclareSimdDecl;
157 class OMPClause;
158 struct OverloadCandidate;
159 class OverloadCandidateSet;
160 class OverloadExpr;
161 class ParenListExpr;
162 class ParmVarDecl;
163 class Preprocessor;
164 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
165 class PseudoObjectExpr;
166 class QualType;
167 class StandardConversionSequence;
168 class Stmt;
169 class StringLiteral;
170 class SwitchStmt;
171 class TemplateArgument;
172 class TemplateArgumentList;
173 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
174 class TemplateDecl;
175 class TemplateParameterList;
176 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
177 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
178 class Token;
179 class TypeAliasDecl;
180 class TypedefDecl;
181 class TypedefNameDecl;
182 class TypeLoc;
183 class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
184 class UnqualifiedId;
185 class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
186 class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
187 class UnresolvedSetImpl;
188 class UnresolvedSetIterator;
189 class UsingDecl;
190 class UsingShadowDecl;
191 class ValueDecl;
192 class VarDecl;
193 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
194 class VisibilityAttr;
195 class VisibleDeclConsumer;
196 class IndirectFieldDecl;
197 struct DeductionFailureInfo;
198 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
199
200namespace sema {
201 class AccessedEntity;
202 class BlockScopeInfo;
203 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
204 class CapturingScopeInfo;
205 class CompoundScopeInfo;
206 class DelayedDiagnostic;
207 class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
208 class FunctionScopeInfo;
209 class LambdaScopeInfo;
210 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
211 class SemaPPCallbacks;
212 class TemplateDeductionInfo;
213}
214
215namespace threadSafety {
216 class BeforeSet;
217 void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
218}
219
220// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
221// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
222typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
223 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
224
225/// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
226/// file.
227struct FileNullability {
228 /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
229 /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
230 SourceLocation PointerLoc;
231
232 /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for
233 /// placing fix-its.
234 SourceLocation PointerEndLoc;
235
236 /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
237 uint8_t PointerKind;
238
239 /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
240 bool SawTypeNullability = false;
241};
242
243/// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
244/// information in that file.
245class FileNullabilityMap {
246 /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
247 llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
248
249 /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
250 struct {
251 FileID File;
252 FileNullability Nullability;
253 } Cache;
254
255public:
256 FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
257 // Check the single-element cache.
258 if (file == Cache.File)
259 return Cache.Nullability;
260
261 // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
262 if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
263 Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
264 }
265
266 // Pull this entry into the cache.
267 Cache.File = file;
268 Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
269 return Cache.Nullability;
270 }
271};
272
273/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
274class Sema {
275 Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
276 void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
277
278 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
279 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
280
281 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
282 bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
283
284 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
285
286 bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
287
288 /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that
289 /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might
290 /// not have external linkage.
291 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
292 const NamedDecl *New) {
293 if (isVisible(Old))
294 return true;
295 // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage
296 // of the new declaration here.
297 if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) {
298 assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&
"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 299, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
299 "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl")(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&
"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 299, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
300 return true;
301 }
302 return false;
303 }
304 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
305
306public:
307 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
308 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
309 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
310
311 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
312 FPOptions FPFeatures;
313
314 const LangOptions &LangOpts;
315 Preprocessor &PP;
316 ASTContext &Context;
317 ASTConsumer &Consumer;
318 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
319 SourceManager &SourceMgr;
320
321 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
322 bool CollectStats;
323
324 /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
325 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
326
327 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
328 DeclContext *CurContext;
329
330 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
331 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
332 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
333
334 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
335 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
336 DeclarationName VAListTagName;
337
338 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
339
340 /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
341 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
342 MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
343
344 /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty.
345 SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
346
347 /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
348 SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
349
350 /// \brief pragma clang section kind
351 enum PragmaClangSectionKind {
352 PCSK_Invalid = 0,
353 PCSK_BSS = 1,
354 PCSK_Data = 2,
355 PCSK_Rodata = 3,
356 PCSK_Text = 4
357 };
358
359 enum PragmaClangSectionAction {
360 PCSA_Set = 0,
361 PCSA_Clear = 1
362 };
363
364 struct PragmaClangSection {
365 std::string SectionName;
366 bool Valid = false;
367 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
368
369 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
370 PragmaClangSectionAction Action,
371 StringLiteral* Name);
372 };
373
374 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection;
375 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection;
376 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection;
377 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection;
378
379 enum PragmaMsStackAction {
380 PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma ()
381 PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value)
382 PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id])
383 PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id])
384 PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"!
385 PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value)
386 PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value)
387 };
388
389 template<typename ValueType>
390 struct PragmaStack {
391 struct Slot {
392 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
393 ValueType Value;
394 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
395 SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation;
396 Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value,
397 SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation)
398 : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
399 PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation),
400 PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {}
401 };
402 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
403 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
404 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
405 ValueType Value);
406
407 // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++
408 // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this:
409 //
410 // struct S {
411 // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>)
412 // void Method {}
413 // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot)
414 // };
415 //
416 // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support
417 // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n)
418 // syntax.
419 //
420 // Push / pop a named sentinel slot.
421 void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) {
422 assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop
) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ?
void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 423, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
423 "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!")(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop
) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ?
void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 423, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
424 Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue);
425 }
426
427 // Constructors.
428 explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default)
429 : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {}
430
431 bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; }
432
433 SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
434 ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action.
435 ValueType CurrentValue;
436 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
437 };
438 // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
439 // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
440
441 /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
442 /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
443 ///
444 /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
445 /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
446 /// structors
447 /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
448 /// objects
449 PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack;
450 // #pragma pack.
451 // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment.
452 static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U;
453 PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack;
454 // The current #pragma pack values and locations at each #include.
455 struct PackIncludeState {
456 unsigned CurrentValue;
457 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
458 bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude;
459 };
460 SmallVector<PackIncludeState, 8> PackIncludeStack;
461 // Segment #pragmas.
462 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
463 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
464 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
465 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
466
467 // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks.
468 // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body.
469 class PragmaStackSentinelRAII {
470 public:
471 PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct);
472 ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII();
473
474 private:
475 Sema &S;
476 StringRef SlotLabel;
477 bool ShouldAct;
478 };
479
480 /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
481 FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
482
483 /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
484 StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
485 SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
486
487 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
488 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
489
490 /// \brief This represents the stack of attributes that were pushed by
491 /// \#pragma clang attribute.
492 struct PragmaAttributeEntry {
493 SourceLocation Loc;
494 AttributeList *Attribute;
495 SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules;
496 bool IsUsed;
497 };
498 SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> PragmaAttributeStack;
499
500 /// \brief The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the
501 /// #pragma attribute stack.
502 const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl;
503
504 /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
505 /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
506 /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
507 SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
508
509 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
510 ///
511 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
512 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
513 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
514
515 /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups.
516 CleanupInfo Cleanup;
517
518 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
519 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The
520 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
521 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
522
523 /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
524 /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
525 /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
526 /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
527 /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each
528 /// full expression.
529 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
530
531 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
532 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
533 ///
534 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first
535 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
536 /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
537 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
538
539 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
540 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
541 ExtVectorDeclsType;
542
543 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
544 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
545 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
546 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
547
548 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
549 std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
550
551 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
552
553 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
554 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
555
556 /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
557 llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
558 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
559
560 /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
561 ///
562 /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
563 /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
564 /// used in initializer of the field.
565 typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
566 typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
567 llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
568
569 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
570
571 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
572 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
573 /// same list more than once.
574 std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
575
576 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
577 /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
578 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
579
580 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
581 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
582
583 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
584 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
585 TentativeDefinitionsType;
586
587 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
588 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
589
590 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
591 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
592 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
593
594 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
595 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
596 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
597
598 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
599 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
600 DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
601
602 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
603 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
604 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
605
606 /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
607 /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
608 /// function.
609 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
610 DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
611
612 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
613 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
614 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
615 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
616 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
617 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
618 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
619 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
620 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
621
622 typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *,
623 std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>>
624 LateParsedTemplateMapT;
625 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
626
627 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
628 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
629 typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
630 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
631 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
632 void *OpaqueParser;
633
634 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
635 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
636 void *P) {
637 LateTemplateParser = LTP;
638 LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
639 OpaqueParser = P;
640 }
641
642 class DelayedDiagnostics;
643
644 class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
645 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
646 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
647 };
648 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
649 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
650
651 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
652 /// during parsing and other processing.
653 class DelayedDiagnostics {
654 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
655 /// diagnostics should go.
656 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
657
658 public:
659 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
660
661 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
662 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
663
664 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
665 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
666
667 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
668 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
669 return CurPool;
670 }
671
672 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
673 /// collected in this pool.
674 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
675 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
676 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
677 CurPool = &pool;
678 return state;
679 }
680
681 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
682 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part
683 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
684 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
685 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
686 }
687
688 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
689 /// not delayed.
690 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
691 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
692 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
693 CurPool = nullptr;
694 return state;
695 }
696
697 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
698 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
699 assert(CurPool == nullptr)(static_cast <bool> (CurPool == nullptr) ? void (0) : __assert_fail
("CurPool == nullptr", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 699, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
700 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
701 }
702 } DelayedDiagnostics;
703
704 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
705 class ContextRAII {
706 private:
707 Sema &S;
708 DeclContext *SavedContext;
709 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
710 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
711
712 public:
713 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
714 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
715 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
716 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
717 {
718 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context")(static_cast <bool> (ContextToPush && "pushing null context"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ContextToPush && \"pushing null context\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 718, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
719 S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
720 if (NewThisContext)
721 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
722 }
723
724 void pop() {
725 if (!SavedContext) return;
726 S.CurContext = SavedContext;
727 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
728 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
729 SavedContext = nullptr;
730 }
731
732 ~ContextRAII() {
733 pop();
734 }
735 };
736
737 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
738 /// a function body.
739 class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
740 Sema &S;
741 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
742 bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false;
743
744 public:
745 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
746 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) {
747 S.PushFunctionScope();
748 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
749 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
750 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
751 FD->setWillHaveBody(true);
752 else
753 assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))(static_cast <bool> (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) ? void
(0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 753, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
754 }
755
756 void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) {
757 assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext)(static_cast <bool> (!PushedCodeSynthesisContext) ? void
(0) : __assert_fail ("!PushedCodeSynthesisContext", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 757, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
758
759 Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx;
760 Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction;
761 Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc;
762 Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext);
763 S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx);
764
765 PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true;
766 }
767
768 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
769 if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext)
770 S.popCodeSynthesisContext();
771 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
772 FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
773 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
774 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
775 }
776 };
777
778 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
779 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
780 /// identifier, declared or undeclared
781 llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
782
783 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
784 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers
785 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
786 /// in the currently selected standard.
787 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
788
789
790 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
791 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
792
793 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
794 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
795 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
796 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
797 /// It would be best to refactor this.
798 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
799
800 IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
801
802 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
803 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
804 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
805 Scope *TUScope;
806
807 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
808 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
809
810 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
811 /// standard library.
812 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
813
814 /// \brief The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++
815 /// standard library.
816 LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT;
817
818 /// \brief The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts
819 /// of the standard library resides.
820 NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache;
821
822 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
823 /// \<initializer_list>.
824 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
825
826 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
827 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
828
829 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
830 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
831
832 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
833 std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
834
835 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
836 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
837
838 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class.
839 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl;
840
841 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
842 QualType NSNumberPointer;
843
844 /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *).
845 QualType NSValuePointer;
846
847 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
848 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
849
850 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
851 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
852
853 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
854 QualType NSStringPointer;
855
856 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
857 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
858
859 /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method.
860 ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
861
862 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
863 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
864
865 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
866 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
867
868 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
869 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
870
871 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
872 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
873
874 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
875 QualType QIDNSCopying;
876
877 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
878 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
879
880 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
881 /// have been declared.
882 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
883
884 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
885 /// references to fields. This is really a
886 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
887
888 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
889 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
890 enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext {
891 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
892 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
893 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
894 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
895 /// run time.
896 Unevaluated,
897
898 /// \brief The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within
899 /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated
900 /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are
901 /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly.
902 UnevaluatedList,
903
904 /// \brief The current expression occurs within a discarded statement.
905 /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing
906 /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways.
907 DiscardedStatement,
908
909 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
910 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
911 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
912 UnevaluatedAbstract,
913
914 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
915 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
916 /// cases in a switch statement).
917 ConstantEvaluated,
918
919 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
920 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
921 /// expression at run time.
922 PotentiallyEvaluated,
923
924 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
925 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
926 /// in fact the current expression is used.
927 ///
928 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
929 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
930 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
931 /// until the default argument is used.
932 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
933 };
934
935 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
936 /// expression evaluation contexts.
937 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
938 /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
939 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
940
941 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
942 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup;
943
944 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
945 bool IsDecltype;
946
947 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
948 /// this expression evaluation context.
949 unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
950
951 /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
952 /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
953 unsigned NumTypos;
954
955 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
956
957 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
958 /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
959 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
960
961 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
962 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
963 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
964 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
965
966 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
967 /// and block literals within this context.
968 ///
969 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
970 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
971 std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
972
973 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
974 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
975 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
976
977 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
978 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
979 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
980
981 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
982 unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
983 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup,
984 Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
985 bool IsDecltype)
986 : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup),
987 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
988 NumTypos(0),
989 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
990
991 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
992 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
993 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
994
995 bool isUnevaluated() const {
996 return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated ||
997 Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract ||
998 Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList;
999 }
1000 bool isConstantEvaluated() const {
1001 return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated;
1002 }
1003 };
1004
1005 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
1006 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
1007
1008 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
1009 /// block literal.
1010 ///
1011 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
1012 /// block literal.
1013 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
1014 /// associated with the context, if relevant.
1015 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
1016 const DeclContext *DC,
1017 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
1018
1019
1020 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
1021 /// function.
1022 ///
1023 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
1024 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
1025 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
1026 public:
1027 enum Kind {
1028 NoMemberOrDeleted,
1029 Ambiguous,
1030 Success
1031 };
1032
1033 private:
1034 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
1035
1036 public:
1037 SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {}
1038 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD)
1039 : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {}
1040
1041 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
1042 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
1043
1044 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
1045 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
1046 };
1047
1048 class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry
1049 : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode,
1050 public SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
1051 public:
1052 SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
1053 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
1054 {}
1055 };
1056
1057 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
1058 /// for C++ records.
1059 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache;
1060
1061 /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits
1062 /// attribute.
1063 mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
1064
1065 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
1066 ///
1067 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
1068 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
1069 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
1070 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
1071 /// checks.
1072 TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
1073
1074 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
1075
1076 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
1077 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
1078
1079 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
1080 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
1081
1082 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
1083 /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
1084 ///
1085 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
1086 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
1087 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
1088 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
1089 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
1090
1091 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
1092 // argument locations.
1093 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
1094
1095 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
1096 /// definition in this translation unit.
1097 llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
1098
1099 /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external
1100 /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation
1101 /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C".
1102 bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD);
1103
1104 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
1105 void getUndefinedButUsed(
1106 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
1107
1108 /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
1109 /// the end of translation unit.
1110 const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
1111 getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
1112
1113 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
1114 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
1115
1116 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
1117 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
1118 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
1119 /// of selectors are "overloaded").
1120 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
1121 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
1122 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
1123
1124 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
1125 /// of -Wselector.
1126 llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
1127
1128 /// Kinds of C++ special members.
1129 enum CXXSpecialMember {
1130 CXXDefaultConstructor,
1131 CXXCopyConstructor,
1132 CXXMoveConstructor,
1133 CXXCopyAssignment,
1134 CXXMoveAssignment,
1135 CXXDestructor,
1136 CXXInvalid
1137 };
1138
1139 typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember>
1140 SpecialMemberDecl;
1141
1142 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
1143 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
1144 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
1145 llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
1146
1147 /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction
1148 /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them
1149 /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a
1150 /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition.
1151 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions;
1152
1153 /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are
1154 /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty.
1155 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes;
1156
1157 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
1158 void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel);
1159
1160 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
1161 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
1162 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
1163
1164 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
1165 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
1166 /// should not be used elsewhere.
1167 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
1168
1169 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
1170 /// statements.
1171 class FPContractStateRAII {
1172 public:
1173 FPContractStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.FPFeatures) {}
1174 ~FPContractStateRAII() { S.FPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState; }
1175
1176 private:
1177 Sema& S;
1178 FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState;
1179 };
1180
1181 void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
1182
1183public:
1184 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
1185 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
1186 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
1187 ~Sema();
1188
1189 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
1190 /// initialized but before it parses anything.
1191 void Initialize();
1192
1193 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
1194 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
1195 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
1196
1197 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
1198 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
1199 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
1200 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
1201 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
1202 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
1203 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
1204
1205 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
1206 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
1207 ///
1208 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
1209 ///
1210 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
1211
1212 void PrintStats() const;
1213
1214 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
1215 /// template instantiation stacks.
1216 ///
1217 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1218 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
1219 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1220 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1221 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1222 /// well.
1223 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1224 Sema &SemaRef;
1225 unsigned DiagID;
1226
1227 public:
1228 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1229 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
1230
1231 // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move
1232 // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not
1233 // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So
1234 // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the
1235 // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op
1236 // in that case anwyay.
1237 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default;
1238
1239 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
1240 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1241 if (!isActive()) return;
1242
1243 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1244 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1245 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1246 //
1247 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1248 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1249 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1250 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1251 // eliminate that code.
1252 FlushCounts();
1253 Clear();
1254
1255 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1256 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1257 }
1258
1259 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1260 template<typename T>
1261 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1262 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1263 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1264 BaseDiag << Value;
1265 return Diag;
1266 }
1267 };
1268
1269 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
1270 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1271 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1272 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1273 }
1274
1275 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1276 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1277
1278 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1279 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1280
1281 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1282
1283 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1284 std::string
1285 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1286 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1287
1288 /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1289 SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1290
1291 /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1292 ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1293
1294 void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1295
1296 void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit();
1297 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1298
1299 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1300
1301 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1302
1303 void PushFunctionScope();
1304 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1305 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1306
1307 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1308 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1309 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1310 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1311
1312 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1313 RecordDecl *RD,
1314 CapturedRegionKind K);
1315 void
1316 PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1317 const Decl *D = nullptr,
1318 const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1319
1320 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1321 return FunctionScopes.back();
1322 }
1323
1324 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1325 if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1326 return nullptr;
1327
1328 for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1329 if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1330 continue;
1331 return FunctionScopes[e];
1332 }
1333 return nullptr;
1334 }
1335
1336 template <typename ExprT>
1337 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1338 if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1339 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1340 }
1341
1342 void PushCompoundScope();
1343 void PopCompoundScope();
1344
1345 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1346
1347 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1348
1349 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1350 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1351
1352 /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1353 /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most
1354 /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not
1355 /// lambda scopes.
1356 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *
1357 getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false);
1358
1359 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1360 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1361
1362 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1363 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1364
1365 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1366 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1367
1368 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1369
1370 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1371 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1372 //
1373
1374 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1375 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1376 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1377 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1378 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1379 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1380 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1381 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1382 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1383 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1384 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1385 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1386 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1387 QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace,
1388 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1389
1390 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1391
1392 /// \brief Build a function type.
1393 ///
1394 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1395 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1396 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1397 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1398 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1399 ///
1400 /// \param T The return type of the function.
1401 ///
1402 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1403 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1404 /// function parameters.
1405 ///
1406 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1407 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1408 /// type that will have function type.
1409 ///
1410 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1411 /// type, if known.
1412 ///
1413 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1414 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1415 ///
1416 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1417 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1418 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1419 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1420 MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1421 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1422 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1423
1424 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1425 SourceLocation Loc,
1426 DeclarationName Entity);
1427 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1428 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1429 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1430 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1431 QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T,
1432 SourceLocation Loc);
1433 QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T,
1434 SourceLocation Loc);
1435
1436 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1437 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1438 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1439 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1440
1441 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1442 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1443 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1444 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1445 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1446 TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1447 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1448 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1449 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1450 void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1451 const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1452 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
1453 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1454 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1455 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1456 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1457 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1458 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1459 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1460 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1461 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1462 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID,
1463 const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
1464 const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
1465 const FunctionProtoType *Superset,
1466 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1467 const FunctionProtoType *Subset,
1468 SourceLocation SubLoc);
1469 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
1470 const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
1471 const FunctionProtoType *Target,
1472 SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1473 const FunctionProtoType *Source,
1474 SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1475
1476 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1477
1478 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1479 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1480 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1481
1482 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1483 struct TypeDiagnoser {
1484 TypeDiagnoser() {}
1485
1486 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1487 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1488 };
1489
1490 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1491 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1492 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1493 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1494 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1495 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1496 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1497 return II;
1498 }
1499 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1500 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1501 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1502 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1503 static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1504 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1505
1506 template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
1507 unsigned DiagID;
1508 std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
1509
1510 template <std::size_t... Is>
1511 void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
1512 llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
1513 // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
1514 bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
1515 (void)Dummy;
1516 }
1517
1518 public:
1519 BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
1520 : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
1521 assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser")(static_cast <bool> (DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser"
) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagID != 0 && \"no diagnostic for type diagnoser\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 1521, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
1522 }
1523
1524 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1525 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
1526 emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
1527 DB << T;
1528 }
1529 };
1530
1531private:
1532 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1533 TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
1534
1535 struct ModuleScope {
1536 clang::Module *Module = nullptr;
1537 bool ModuleInterface = false;
1538 VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules;
1539 };
1540 /// The modules we're currently parsing.
1541 llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes;
1542
1543 /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within.
1544 Module *getCurrentModule() const {
1545 return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module;
1546 }
1547
1548 VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
1549
1550public:
1551 /// \brief Get the module owning an entity.
1552 Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) { return Entity->getOwningModule(); }
1553
1554 /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
1555 /// visible at the specified location.
1556 void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND);
1557
1558 bool isModuleVisible(Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); }
1559
1560 /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1561 bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
1562 return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D);
1563 }
1564
1565 /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible.
1566 bool
1567 hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D,
1568 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) {
1569 return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules);
1570 }
1571 bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1572 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules);
1573
1574 bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
1575 bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def);
1576
1577 /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible
1578 /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1.
1579 bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested);
1580
1581 /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
1582 /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
1583 bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
1584 bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
1585 bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
1586 NamedDecl *Hidden;
1587 return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
1588 }
1589
1590 /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
1591 bool
1592 hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1593 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1594
1595 /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit
1596 /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a
1597 /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.)
1598 bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization(
1599 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1600
1601 /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member
1602 /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration).
1603 bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1604 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1605
1606 /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
1607 /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
1608 /// an extension warning.
1609 bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
1610 const NamedDecl *B);
1611 void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
1612 SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
1613 ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
1614
1615 bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1616 return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr);
1617 }
1618 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1619 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1620 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1621 unsigned DiagID);
1622
1623 template <typename... Ts>
1624 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1625 const Ts &...Args) {
1626 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1627 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1628 }
1629
1630 void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
1631 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1632 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1633
1634 template <typename... Ts>
1635 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
1636 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1637 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1638 }
1639
1640 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1641 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1642 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1643
1644 template <typename... Ts>
1645 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1646 const Ts &...Args) {
1647 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1648 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1649 }
1650
1651 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1652 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1653
1654 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1655 /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1656 /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1657 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1658 bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1659 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1660 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1661 SourceLocation Loc);
1662
1663 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1664 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1665 //
1666
1667 struct SkipBodyInfo {
1668 SkipBodyInfo()
1669 : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr),
1670 New(nullptr) {}
1671 bool ShouldSkip;
1672 bool CheckSameAsPrevious;
1673 NamedDecl *Previous;
1674 NamedDecl *New;
1675 };
1676
1677 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1678
1679 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1680
1681 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1682
1683 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1684 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1685 bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1686 ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr,
1687 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1688 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1689 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true,
1690 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1691 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1692 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1693 void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1694 SourceLocation IILoc,
1695 Scope *S,
1696 CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1697 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1698 bool IsTemplateName = false);
1699
1700 /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified
1701 /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we
1702 /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related
1703 /// scope during instantiation.
1704 ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1705 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1706 bool IsTemplateTypeArg);
1707
1708 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1709 /// by \c ClassifyName().
1710 enum NameClassificationKind {
1711 NC_Unknown,
1712 NC_Error,
1713 NC_Keyword,
1714 NC_Type,
1715 NC_Expression,
1716 NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1717 NC_TypeTemplate,
1718 NC_VarTemplate,
1719 NC_FunctionTemplate
1720 };
1721
1722 class NameClassification {
1723 NameClassificationKind Kind;
1724 ExprResult Expr;
1725 TemplateName Template;
1726 ParsedType Type;
1727
1728 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1729
1730 public:
1731 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1732
1733 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1734
1735 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {}
1736
1737 static NameClassification Error() {
1738 return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1739 }
1740
1741 static NameClassification Unknown() {
1742 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1743 }
1744
1745 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1746 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1747 }
1748
1749 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1750 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1751 Result.Template = Name;
1752 return Result;
1753 }
1754
1755 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1756 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1757 Result.Template = Name;
1758 return Result;
1759 }
1760
1761 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1762 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1763 Result.Template = Name;
1764 return Result;
1765 }
1766
1767 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1768
1769 ParsedType getType() const {
1770 assert(Kind == NC_Type)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail
("Kind == NC_Type", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 1770, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
1771 return Type;
1772 }
1773
1774 ExprResult getExpression() const {
1775 assert(Kind == NC_Expression)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Expression) ? void (0) :
__assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Expression", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 1775, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
1776 return Expr;
1777 }
1778
1779 TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1780 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind ==
NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail
("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 1781, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
1781 Kind == NC_VarTemplate)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind ==
NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail
("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 1781, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
1782 return Template;
1783 }
1784
1785 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1786 switch (Kind) {
1787 case NC_TypeTemplate:
1788 return TNK_Type_template;
1789 case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1790 return TNK_Function_template;
1791 case NC_VarTemplate:
1792 return TNK_Var_template;
1793 default:
1794 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unsupported name classification."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 1794)
;
1795 }
1796 }
1797 };
1798
1799 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1800 /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1801 ///
1802 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1803 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1804 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1805 ///
1806 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1807 ///
1808 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1809 ///
1810 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1811 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1812 ///
1813 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1814 ///
1815 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1816 /// disambiguate the name.
1817 ///
1818 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1819 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1820 /// expression.
1821 ///
1822 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1823 NameClassification
1824 ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1825 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1826 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1827 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1828
1829 /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics.
1830 enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics {
1831 ClassTemplate,
1832 FunctionTemplate,
1833 VarTemplate,
1834 AliasTemplate,
1835 TemplateTemplateParam,
1836 DependentTemplate
1837 };
1838 TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1839 getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name);
1840
1841 /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a
1842 /// template-name.
1843 bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E) {
1844 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid())
1845 return false;
1846 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get()))
1847 return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
1848 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get()))
1849 return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
1850 // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by
1851 // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName.
1852 return false;
1853 }
1854 void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName,
1855 SourceLocation Less,
1856 SourceLocation Greater);
1857
1858 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1859
1860 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1861 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1862 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1863 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1864 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1865 DeclarationName Name,
1866 SourceLocation Loc);
1867 void
1868 diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1869 SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1870 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1871 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1872 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1873 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1874 SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1875
1876 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1877 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1878 NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
1879 const LookupResult &R);
1880 NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R);
1881 void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
1882 const LookupResult &R);
1883 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1884
1885 /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
1886 /// to a shadowing declaration.
1887 void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1888
1889 void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
1890
1891private:
1892 /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if
1893 /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration.
1894 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls;
1895
1896public:
1897 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1898 void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
1899 void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
1900 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
1901 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1902 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1903 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1904 LookupResult &Previous);
1905 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1906 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1907 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1908 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1909 LookupResult &Previous,
1910 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1911 bool &AddToScope,
1912 ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None);
1913 NamedDecl *
1914 ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1915 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1916 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1917 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1918 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1919 bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
1920 Expr *Init);
1921 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD);
1922 void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD);
1923 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1924
1925 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1926 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1927 LookupResult &Previous,
1928 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1929 bool &AddToScope);
1930 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1931
1932 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1933 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1934
1935 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1936 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1937 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1938 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1939 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1940 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1941 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1942 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1943 bool IsMemberSpecialization);
1944 bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl);
1945 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1946 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1947 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1948 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1949 SourceLocation Loc,
1950 QualType T);
1951 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1952 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1953 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1954 StorageClass SC);
1955 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1956 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1957 Expr *defarg);
1958 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1959 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1960 SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1961 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1962 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1963 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1964
1965 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit);
1966 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl);
1967 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1968
1969 void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
1970 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1971 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1972 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1973 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1974 SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1975 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1976 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1977 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1978 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1979 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1980 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1981
1982 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1983 /// documentation comments.
1984 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1985 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1986
1987 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1988 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1989 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
1990 FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
1991 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1992 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1993 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1994 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1995 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
1996 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1997 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1998 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1999 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
2000 }
2001
2002 /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
2003 /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
2004 /// code for that function.
2005 ///
2006 /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
2007 /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
2008 /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
2009 /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
2010 bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
2011
2012 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
2013 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
2014 /// code for that function.
2015 ///
2016 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
2017 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
2018 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
2019 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
2020
2021 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
2022 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
2023 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
2024 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
2025 void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D);
2026
2027 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
2028 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
2029 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
2030
2031 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
2032 /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
2033 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters);
2034
2035 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
2036 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
2037 /// specified threshold.
2038 void
2039 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
2040 QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D);
2041
2042 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
2043 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
2044 SourceLocation AsmLoc,
2045 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2046
2047 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
2048 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
2049 AttributeList *AttrList,
2050 SourceLocation SemiLoc);
2051
2052 enum class ModuleDeclKind {
2053 Interface, ///< 'export module X;'
2054 Implementation, ///< 'module X;'
2055 Partition, ///< 'module partition X;'
2056 };
2057
2058 /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition
2059 /// of a module interface or implementation.
2060 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2061 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK,
2062 ModuleIdPath Path);
2063
2064 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
2065 ///
2066 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
2067 ///
2068 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
2069 ///
2070 /// \param Path The module access path.
2071 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
2072 ModuleIdPath Path);
2073
2074 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
2075 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
2076 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2077 void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2078
2079 /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule.
2080 void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2081 /// \brief The parser has left a submodule.
2082 void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2083
2084 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
2085 /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
2086 ///
2087 /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
2088 /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
2089 /// has forgotten to import.
2090 void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
2091 Module *Mod);
2092
2093 /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
2094 /// to %select values in diagnostics.
2095 enum class MissingImportKind {
2096 Declaration,
2097 Definition,
2098 DefaultArgument,
2099 ExplicitSpecialization,
2100 PartialSpecialization
2101 };
2102
2103 /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
2104 /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
2105 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
2106 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true);
2107 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
2108 SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
2109 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
2110
2111 Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
2112 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
2113 Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl,
2114 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
2115
2116 /// \brief We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an
2117 /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations
2118 /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not.
2119 void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec);
2120
2121 /// \brief We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a
2122 /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible,
2123 /// and diagnose if not.
2124 void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc,
2125 NamedDecl *Spec);
2126
2127 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
2128 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
2129 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
2130 }
2131
2132 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
2133 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
2134 const Preprocessor &PP);
2135
2136 /// Scope actions.
2137 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
2138 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
2139
2140 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
2141 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
2142 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
2143 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
2144 bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
2145 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
2146
2147 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2148 AccessSpecifier AS,
2149 RecordDecl *Record,
2150 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
2151
2152 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2153 RecordDecl *Record);
2154
2155 /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics.
2156 /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag.
2157 enum NonTagKind {
2158 NTK_NonStruct,
2159 NTK_NonClass,
2160 NTK_NonUnion,
2161 NTK_NonEnum,
2162 NTK_Typedef,
2163 NTK_TypeAlias,
2164 NTK_Template,
2165 NTK_TypeAliasTemplate,
2166 NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument,
2167 };
2168
2169 /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating
2170 /// what kind of non-tag type this is.
2171 NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK);
2172
2173 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
2174 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
2175 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
2176 const IdentifierInfo *Name);
2177
2178 enum TagUseKind {
2179 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;'
2180 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;'
2181 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
2182 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;'
2183 };
2184
2185 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
2186 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
2187 SourceLocation NameLoc, AttributeList *Attr,
2188 AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
2189 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl,
2190 bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
2191 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
2192 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
2193 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2194
2195 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
2196 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
2197 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2198 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2199 AttributeList *Attr,
2200 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
2201
2202 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
2203 unsigned TagSpec,
2204 TagUseKind TUK,
2205 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2206 IdentifierInfo *Name,
2207 SourceLocation TagLoc,
2208 SourceLocation NameLoc);
2209
2210 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2211 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
2212 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
2213 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2214 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
2215
2216 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2217 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2218 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2219 AccessSpecifier AS);
2220 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
2221 SourceLocation DeclStart,
2222 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2223 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2224 AccessSpecifier AS,
2225 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
2226
2227 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
2228 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2229 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
2230 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2231 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2232 SourceLocation TSSL,
2233 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
2234 Declarator *D = nullptr);
2235
2236 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
2237 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
2238 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
2239 bool Diagnose = false);
2240 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
2241 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
2242 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
2243 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2244 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2245 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
2246
2247 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
2248 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
2249 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
2250 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
2251 AttributeList *AttrList);
2252
2253 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
2254 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
2255 /// struct, or union).
2256 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2257
2258 /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules.
2259 /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out
2260 /// in case of a structural mismatch.
2261 bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
2262 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody);
2263
2264 typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
2265
2266 /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
2267 SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
2268
2269 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
2270
2271 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
2272 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
2273 /// member declarations.
2274 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2275 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
2276 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
2277 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
2278
2279 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
2280 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
2281 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2282 SourceRange BraceRange);
2283
2284 void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
2285
2286 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
2287
2288 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
2289 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
2290 ///
2291 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
2292 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2293 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2294
2295 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
2296 /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
2297 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2298
2299 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
2300 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
2301 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2302 IdentifierInfo *Id,
2303 Expr *val);
2304 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
2305 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
2306 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
2307 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit,
2308 const EnumDecl *Prev);
2309
2310 /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
2311 /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
2312 SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
2313 SourceLocation IILoc);
2314
2315 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
2316 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2317 AttributeList *Attrs, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2318 Expr *Val);
2319 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
2320 Decl *EnumDecl,
2321 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
2322 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
2323
2324 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
2325
2326 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
2327 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2328 void PopDeclContext();
2329
2330 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
2331 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
2332 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2333 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
2334
2335 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
2336 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
2337 void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
2338
2339 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
2340
2341 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
2342 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently
2343 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2344 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
2345
2346 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
2347 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently
2348 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2349 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
2350
2351 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
2352 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently
2353 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2354 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2355
2356 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
2357 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
2358
2359 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
2360 /// top level scope.
2361 ///
2362 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
2363 ///
2364 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
2365 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
2366
2367 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
2368 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
2369 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
2370 ///
2371 /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
2372 /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
2373 /// directly within it.
2374 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
2375 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
2376
2377 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
2378 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL.
2379 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2380
2381 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
2382 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
2383 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
2384 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
2385
2386 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
2387 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
2388 enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
2389 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
2390 AMK_None,
2391 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2392 /// an exact match.
2393 AMK_Redeclaration,
2394 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2395 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2396 AMK_Override,
2397 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
2398 /// a protocol requirement.
2399 AMK_ProtocolImplementation,
2400 };
2401
2402 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
2403 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
2404 IdentifierInfo *Platform,
2405 bool Implicit,
2406 VersionTuple Introduced,
2407 VersionTuple Deprecated,
2408 VersionTuple Obsoleted,
2409 bool IsUnavailable,
2410 StringRef Message,
2411 bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement,
2412 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK,
2413 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2414 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2415 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2416 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2417 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2418 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2419 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2420 UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2421 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, StringRef Uuid);
2422 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2423 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2424 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2425 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2426 MSInheritanceAttr *
2427 mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2428 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
2429 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2430 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2431 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
2432 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2433 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2434 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2435 AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2436 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2437 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2438 MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2439 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2440 OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2441 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2442 InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2443 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2444 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2445 CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2446 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2447
2448 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2449 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2450 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2451 LookupResult &OldDecls);
2452 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2453 bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2454 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2455 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2456 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2457 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2458 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2459 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2460 bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn);
2461 void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New);
2462 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2463
2464 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2465 // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2466 enum AssignmentAction {
2467 AA_Assigning,
2468 AA_Passing,
2469 AA_Returning,
2470 AA_Converting,
2471 AA_Initializing,
2472 AA_Sending,
2473 AA_Casting,
2474 AA_Passing_CFAudited
2475 };
2476
2477 /// C++ Overloading.
2478 enum OverloadKind {
2479 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2480 /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2481 Ovl_Overload,
2482
2483 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2484 /// an existing declaration.
2485 Ovl_Match,
2486
2487 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2488 /// non-function.
2489 Ovl_NonFunction
2490 };
2491 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2492 FunctionDecl *New,
2493 const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2494 NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2495 bool IsForUsingDecl);
2496 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl,
2497 bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true);
2498
2499 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2500 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2501 ///
2502 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2503 /// an available function, false otherwise.
2504 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2505
2506 ImplicitConversionSequence
2507 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2508 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2509 bool AllowExplicit,
2510 bool InOverloadResolution,
2511 bool CStyle,
2512 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2513
2514 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2515 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2516 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2517 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2518 bool InOverloadResolution,
2519 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2520 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2521 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2522 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2523 QualType &ConvertedType);
2524 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2525 QualType& ConvertedType);
2526 bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2527 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2528 unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2529 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2530 QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2531
2532 void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
2533 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2534 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2535 CastKind &Kind,
2536 CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2537 bool IgnoreBaseAccess,
2538 bool Diagnose = true);
2539 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2540 bool InOverloadResolution,
2541 QualType &ConvertedType);
2542 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2543 CastKind &Kind,
2544 CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2545 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2546 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2547 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2548 bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2549 QualType &ResultTy);
2550 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2551 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2552
2553 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2554 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2555 QualType ResultType,
2556 Expr *Value,
2557 bool AllowNRVO = true);
2558
2559 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2560 ExprResult Init);
2561 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2562 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2563 ExprResult Init,
2564 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2565 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2566 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2567 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2568 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2569 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2570
2571 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2572 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2573
2574 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2575 enum CCEKind {
2576 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label.
2577 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2578 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2579 CCEK_NewExpr, ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2580 CCEK_ConstexprIf ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement.
2581 };
2582 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2583 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2584 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2585 APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2586
2587 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2588 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2589 class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2590 public:
2591 bool Suppress;
2592 bool SuppressConversion;
2593
2594 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2595 bool SuppressConversion = false)
2596 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2597
2598 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2599 /// for this conversion.
2600 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2601
2602 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2603 /// integral or enumeration type.
2604 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2605 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2606
2607 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2608 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2609 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2610
2611 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2612 /// is explicit.
2613 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2614 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2615
2616 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2617 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2618 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2619
2620 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2621 /// functions.
2622 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2623 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2624
2625 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2626 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2627 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2628
2629 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2630 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2631 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2632 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2633
2634 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2635 };
2636
2637 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2638 bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2639
2640 public:
2641 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2642 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2643 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2644 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2645
2646 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2647 bool match(QualType T) override;
2648
2649 SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2650 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2651 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2652 }
2653
2654 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2655 /// integral or enumeration type.
2656 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2657 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2658 };
2659
2660 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2661 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2662 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2663
2664
2665 enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2666 OS_Array,
2667 OS_Dictionary,
2668 OS_Error
2669 };
2670 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2671
2672 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2673 // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2674 enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2675 LK_Array,
2676 LK_Dictionary,
2677 LK_Numeric,
2678 LK_Boxed,
2679 LK_String,
2680 LK_Block,
2681 LK_None
2682 };
2683 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2684
2685 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2686 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2687 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2688 NamedDecl *Member);
2689
2690 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2691 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2692 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2693 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2694
2695 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2696 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2697 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2698 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2699 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2700 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2701 bool AllowExplicit = false,
2702 ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None);
2703 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2704 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2705 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2706 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
2707 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2708 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2709 bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false);
2710 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2711 QualType ObjectType,
2712 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2713 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2714 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2715 bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2716 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2717 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2718 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2719 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2720 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2721 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2722 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2723 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2724 ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None);
2725 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2726 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2727 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2728 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2729 QualType ObjectType,
2730 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2731 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2732 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2733 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2734 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2735 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2736 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2737 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2738 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2739 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2740 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2741 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2742 bool CheckNonDependentConversions(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2743 ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
2744 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2745 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2746 ConversionSequenceList &Conversions,
2747 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2748 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr,
2749 QualType ObjectType = QualType(),
2750 Expr::Classification
2751 ObjectClassification = {});
2752 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2753 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2754 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2755 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2756 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2757 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit,
2758 bool AllowResultConversion = true);
2759 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2760 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2761 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2762 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2763 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2764 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit,
2765 bool AllowResultConversion = true);
2766 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2767 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2768 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2769 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2770 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2771 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2772 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2773 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2774 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2775 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2776 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2777 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2778 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2779 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2780 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2781 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2782 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2783 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2784 SourceLocation Loc,
2785 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2786 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2787 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2788 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2789
2790 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2791 void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn,
2792 QualType DestType = QualType(),
2793 bool TakingAddress = false);
2794
2795 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
2796 // the expression Expr
2797 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2798 bool TakingAddress = false);
2799
2800 /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2801 /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2802 EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2803 bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2804
2805 /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean
2806 /// constant expression, and describe it with a string.
2807 ///
2808 /// \param AllowTopLevelCond Whether to allow the result to be the
2809 /// complete top-level condition.
2810 std::pair<Expr *, std::string>
2811 findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond, bool AllowTopLevelCond);
2812
2813 /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
2814 /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
2815 ///
2816 /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a
2817 /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call.
2818 ///
2819 /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
2820 bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2821 const Expr *ThisArg,
2822 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2823 SourceLocation Loc);
2824
2825 /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
2826 /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
2827 ///
2828 /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use
2829 /// of a function.
2830 ///
2831 /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
2832 bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND,
2833 SourceLocation Loc);
2834
2835 /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
2836 /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
2837 ///
2838 /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
2839 bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2840 bool Complain = false,
2841 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
2842
2843 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return]
2844 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2845 // R (A) --> R(A)
2846 // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2847 // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2848 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2849 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2850
2851 FunctionDecl *
2852 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2853 QualType TargetType,
2854 bool Complain,
2855 DeclAccessPair &Found,
2856 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2857
2858 FunctionDecl *
2859 resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E,
2860 DeclAccessPair &FoundResult);
2861
2862 bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(
2863 ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false);
2864
2865 FunctionDecl *
2866 ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2867 bool Complain = false,
2868 DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2869
2870 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2871 ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2872 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2873 bool Complain = false,
2874 SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2875 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2876 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2877
2878
2879 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2880 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2881 FunctionDecl *Fn);
2882 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2883 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2884 FunctionDecl *Fn);
2885
2886 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2887 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2888 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2889 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2890
2891 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2892 // range-based for loop.
2893 enum ForRangeStatus {
2894 FRS_Success,
2895 FRS_NoViableFunction,
2896 FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2897 };
2898
2899 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
2900 SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2901 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2902 LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2903 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2904 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2905
2906 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2907 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2908 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2909 MultiExprArg Args,
2910 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2911 Expr *ExecConfig,
2912 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true,
2913 bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false);
2914
2915 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2916 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2917 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2918 ExprResult *Result);
2919
2920 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2921 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2922 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2923 Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true);
2924
2925 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2926 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
2927 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2928 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
2929 bool RequiresADL = true);
2930
2931 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2932 SourceLocation RLoc,
2933 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2934
2935 ExprResult
2936 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2937 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2938 MultiExprArg Args,
2939 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2940 ExprResult
2941 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2942 MultiExprArg Args,
2943 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2944
2945 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2946 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2947 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2948
2949 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2950 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2951 /// that best represents the call.
2952 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2953 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2954
2955 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2956 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
2957 bool CheckParameterNames);
2958 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2959 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2960 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2961
2962 /// \name Name lookup
2963 ///
2964 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2965 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2966 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2967 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2968 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2969 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2970 ///
2971 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2972 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2973 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2974 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2975 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2976 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2977 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2978 ///
2979 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2980 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2981 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2982 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2983 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2984 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2985 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2986 /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2987 //@{
2988
2989 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2990 enum LookupNameKind {
2991 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2992 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2993 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2994 LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2995 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2996 /// structs, and unions.
2997 LookupTagName,
2998 /// Label name lookup.
2999 LookupLabel,
3000 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
3001 /// class/struct/union members.
3002 LookupMemberName,
3003 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
3004 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
3005 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
3006 LookupOperatorName,
3007 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
3008 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
3009 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
3010 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
3011 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
3012 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
3013 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
3014 LookupNamespaceName,
3015 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
3016 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate
3017 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
3018 LookupUsingDeclName,
3019 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
3020 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
3021 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
3022 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
3023 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
3024 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
3025 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
3026 LookupLocalFriendName,
3027 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
3028 LookupObjCProtocolName,
3029 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
3030 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
3031 /// \brief Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation.
3032 LookupOMPReductionName,
3033 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
3034 LookupAnyName
3035 };
3036
3037 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
3038 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
3039 enum RedeclarationKind {
3040 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
3041 /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
3042 NotForRedeclaration = 0,
3043 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
3044 /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible.
3045 ForVisibleRedeclaration,
3046 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name
3047 /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage
3048 /// may also be found.
3049 ForExternalRedeclaration
3050 };
3051
3052 RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() {
3053 // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against
3054 // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if
3055 // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things
3056 // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general.
3057 if (cast<Decl>(CurContext)
3058 ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true))
3059 return ForVisibleRedeclaration;
3060 return ForExternalRedeclaration;
3061 }
3062
3063 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
3064 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
3065 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
3066 LOLR_Error,
3067 /// \brief The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued.
3068 LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic,
3069 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
3070 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
3071 LOLR_Cooked,
3072 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
3073 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
3074 LOLR_Raw,
3075 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
3076 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
3077 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
3078 LOLR_Template,
3079 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
3080 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
3081 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
3082 LOLR_StringTemplate
3083 };
3084
3085 SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
3086 CXXSpecialMember SM,
3087 bool ConstArg,
3088 bool VolatileArg,
3089 bool RValueThis,
3090 bool ConstThis,
3091 bool VolatileThis);
3092
3093 typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
3094 typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
3095 TypoRecoveryCallback;
3096
3097private:
3098 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
3099
3100 struct TypoExprState {
3101 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
3102 TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
3103 TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
3104 TypoExprState();
3105 TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
3106 TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
3107 };
3108
3109 /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
3110 llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
3111
3112 /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
3113 TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
3114 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
3115 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
3116
3117 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
3118 //
3119 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
3120 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
3121 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
3122
3123 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
3124 /// source.
3125 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
3126
3127 /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
3128 /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
3129 /// should be skipped entirely.
3130 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
3131 makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3132 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
3133 CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3134 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3135 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
3136 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
3137 bool ErrorRecovery);
3138
3139public:
3140 const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
3141
3142 /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
3143 void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
3144
3145 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return
3146 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
3147 ///
3148 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
3149 /// ambiguity and overloaded.
3150 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
3151 SourceLocation Loc,
3152 LookupNameKind NameKind,
3153 RedeclarationKind Redecl
3154 = NotForRedeclaration);
3155 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
3156 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
3157 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
3158 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
3159 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
3160 CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3161 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3162 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
3163 bool EnteringContext = false);
3164 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
3165 RedeclarationKind Redecl
3166 = NotForRedeclaration);
3167 bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3168
3169 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
3170 QualType T1, QualType T2,
3171 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
3172
3173 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3174 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
3175
3176 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3177 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3178 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3179 unsigned Quals);
3180 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
3181 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
3182 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3183 unsigned Quals);
3184 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
3185 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
3186 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3187
3188 bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
3189 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3190 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
3191 bool AllowRaw,
3192 bool AllowTemplate,
3193 bool AllowStringTemplate,
3194 bool DiagnoseMissing);
3195 bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
3196
3197 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3198 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
3199
3200 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
3201 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3202 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
3203 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
3204 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3205 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true,
3206 bool IncludeDependentBases = false);
3207
3208 enum CorrectTypoKind {
3209 CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
3210 CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
3211 };
3212
3213 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3214 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
3215 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3216 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3217 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
3218 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
3219 bool EnteringContext = false,
3220 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
3221 bool RecordFailure = true);
3222
3223 TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3224 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
3225 CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3226 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3227 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
3228 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
3229 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
3230 bool EnteringContext = false,
3231 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
3232
3233 /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
3234 /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
3235 /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
3236 /// more typos could not be corrected.
3237 ///
3238 /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
3239 ///
3240 /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
3241 /// initializer.
3242 ///
3243 /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
3244 /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
3245 /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
3246 /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
3247 ExprResult
3248 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
3249 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
3250 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
3251
3252 ExprResult
3253 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
3254 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
3255 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter);
3256 }
3257
3258 ExprResult
3259 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
3260 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
3261 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
3262 return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
3263 }
3264
3265 ExprResult
3266 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
3267 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
3268 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter);
3269 }
3270
3271 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
3272 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
3273 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
3274
3275 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
3276 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
3277 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
3278 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
3279
3280 void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F);
3281
3282 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
3283 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3284 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
3285 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
3286
3287 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
3288 bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
3289
3290 bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old);
3291
3292 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
3293 //@}
3294
3295 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
3296 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3297 bool TypoCorrection = false);
3298 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
3299 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
3300 SourceLocation Loc);
3301 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
3302 Scope *S);
3303 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
3304
3305 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
3306
3307 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3308 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3309 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
3310 // Helper for delayed processing of attributes.
3311 void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, const AttributeList *AttrList);
3312 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
3313 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
3314 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
3315 const AttributeList *AttrList);
3316
3317 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
3318
3319 /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
3320 /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
3321 /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
3322 /// type as valid.
3323 bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
3324
3325 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
3326 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
3327 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
3328 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
3329 bool CheckNoCallerSavedRegsAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
3330 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
3331 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
3332 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
3333 bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3334 bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3335 bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
3336 CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
3337 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
3338
3339 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
3340
3341 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
3342 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from
3343 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
3344 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
3345 SourceLocation Loc);
3346
3347 // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
3348 // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
3349 // one that came from a typedef.
3350 bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
3351
3352 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
3353 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
3354 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
3355
3356 /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given
3357 /// type.
3358 ///
3359 /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be
3360 /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately.
3361 ///
3362 /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add.
3363 ///
3364 /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier.
3365 ///
3366 /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was
3367 /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C
3368 /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an
3369 /// underscored type specifier.
3370 ///
3371 /// \param allowArrayTypes Whether to accept nullability specifiers on an
3372 /// array type (e.g., because it will decay to a pointer).
3373 ///
3374 /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise.
3375 bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability,
3376 SourceLocation nullabilityLoc,
3377 bool isContextSensitive,
3378 bool allowArrayTypes);
3379
3380 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3381 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
3382 SourceRange Range);
3383
3384 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3385 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3386 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3387
3388 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3389 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
3390 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3391
3392 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
3393 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
3394 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3395 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3396 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3397
3398 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
3399
3400 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
3401 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
3402 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
3403 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
3404 SourceLocation Loc);
3405
3406 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
3407 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
3408 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3409 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3410 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
3411
3412 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
3413 /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
3414 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3415 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3416 bool SynthesizeProperties);
3417
3418 /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters.
3419 void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl);
3420
3421 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
3422 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
3423 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl,
3424 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
3425 SourceLocation AtEnd);
3426 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd);
3427
3428 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
3429 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
3430 /// declared in class 'IFace'.
3431 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
3432 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
3433
3434 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
3435 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
3436 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
3437 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
3438
3439 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
3440 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
3441 /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
3442 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3443 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
3444
3445 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
3446 /// class extensions.
3447 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
3448 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3449 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3450 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3451 Selector GetterSel,
3452 SourceLocation GetterNameLoc,
3453 Selector SetterSel,
3454 SourceLocation SetterNameLoc,
3455 const bool isReadWrite,
3456 unsigned &Attributes,
3457 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3458 QualType T,
3459 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3460 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
3461
3462 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
3463 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
3464 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
3465 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3466 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3467 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3468 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3469 Selector GetterSel,
3470 SourceLocation GetterNameLoc,
3471 Selector SetterSel,
3472 SourceLocation SetterNameLoc,
3473 const bool isReadWrite,
3474 const unsigned Attributes,
3475 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3476 QualType T,
3477 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3478 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
3479 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
3480
3481 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
3482 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
3483 /// setter or getter.
3484 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3485 ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl);
3486
3487 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
3488
3489 void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
3490 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
3491 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
3492
3493 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
3494
3495 enum MethodMatchStrategy {
3496 MMS_loose,
3497 MMS_strict
3498 };
3499
3500 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
3501 /// true, or false, accordingly.
3502 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3503 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
3504 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
3505
3506 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
3507 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
3508 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
3509 const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
3510 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
3511 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
3512 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3513 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3514 bool &IncompleteImpl,
3515 bool ImmediateClass,
3516 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
3517
3518 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
3519 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
3520 /// warns each time an exact match is found.
3521 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
3522
3523 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
3524 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
3525
3526private:
3527 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
3528 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
3529 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
3530
3531 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
3532 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
3533 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3534 bool receiverIdOrClass,
3535 bool instance);
3536
3537public:
3538 /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
3539 /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and
3540 /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such
3541 /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it
3542 /// returns true.
3543 bool
3544 CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
3545 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
3546 bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther,
3547 const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr);
3548
3549 bool
3550 AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
3551 SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass,
3552 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3553
3554 void
3555 DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
3556 Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3557 bool receiverIdOrClass);
3558
3559private:
3560 /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
3561 /// nullptr if none could be found
3562 ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
3563 bool IsInstance,
3564 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3565
3566
3567 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
3568 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
3569 bool RecordFailure = true) {
3570 if (RecordFailure)
3571 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
3572 return TypoCorrection();
3573 }
3574
3575public:
3576 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
3577 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
3578 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
3579 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
3580 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3581 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
3582 }
3583
3584 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
3585 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3586 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
3587 }
3588
3589 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
3590 /// pool.
3591 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
3592
3593 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3594 /// there are multiple signatures.
3595 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3596 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3597 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3598 /*instance*/true);
3599 }
3600
3601 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3602 /// there are multiple signatures.
3603 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3604 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3605 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3606 /*instance*/false);
3607 }
3608
3609 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
3610 QualType ObjectType=QualType());
3611 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
3612 /// implementation.
3613 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
3614
3615 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
3616 /// initialization.
3617 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
3618 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
3619
3620 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3621 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
3622public:
3623 class FullExprArg {
3624 public:
3625 FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { }
3626 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
3627
3628 ExprResult release() {
3629 return E;
3630 }
3631
3632 Expr *get() const { return E; }
3633
3634 Expr *operator->() {
3635 return E;
3636 }
3637
3638 private:
3639 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3640 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3641 friend class Sema;
3642
3643 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3644
3645 Expr *E;
3646 };
3647
3648 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3649 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3650 }
3651 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3652 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3653 }
3654 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3655 ExprResult FE =
3656 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3657 /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3658 return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3659 }
3660
3661 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3662 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3663
3664 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3665 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3666
3667 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3668 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3669 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3670 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3671
3672 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3673 class CompoundScopeRAII {
3674 public:
3675 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
3676 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3677 }
3678
3679 ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3680 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3681 }
3682
3683 private:
3684 Sema &S;
3685 };
3686
3687 /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3688 struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3689 Sema &S;
3690 bool Active;
3691 FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
3692 ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3693 if (Active)
3694 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3695 }
3696 void disable() { Active = false; }
3697 };
3698
3699 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3700 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3701 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3702 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3703 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3704 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3705 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3706 SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3707 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3708
3709 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3710 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3711 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3712 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3713 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3714
3715 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3716 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3717 Stmt *SubStmt);
3718
3719 class ConditionResult;
3720 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3721 Stmt *InitStmt,
3722 ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3723 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3724 StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3725 Stmt *InitStmt,
3726 ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3727 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3728 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3729 Stmt *InitStmt,
3730 ConditionResult Cond);
3731 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3732 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3733 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond,
3734 Stmt *Body);
3735 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3736 SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen,
3737 Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen);
3738
3739 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3740 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3741 Stmt *First,
3742 ConditionResult Second,
3743 FullExprArg Third,
3744 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3745 Stmt *Body);
3746 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3747 Expr *collection);
3748 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3749 Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3750 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3751 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3752
3753 enum BuildForRangeKind {
3754 /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3755 BFRK_Build,
3756 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3757 /// attempt any typo-correction.
3758 BFRK_Rebuild,
3759 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3760 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3761 BFRK_Check
3762 };
3763
3764 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc,
3765 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3766 Stmt *LoopVar,
3767 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3768 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3769 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3770 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3771 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3772 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3773 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End,
3774 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3775 Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
3776 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3777 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3778 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3779
3780 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3781 SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3782 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3783 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3784 SourceLocation StarLoc,
3785 Expr *DestExp);
3786 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3787 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3788
3789 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3790 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3791 typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3792 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3793 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3794 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3795 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3796 void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3797 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3798 SourceLocation Loc,
3799 unsigned NumParams);
3800 VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3801 bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible);
3802 bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3803 bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible);
3804
3805 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3806 Scope *CurScope);
3807 StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3808 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3809
3810 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3811 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3812 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3813 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3814 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3815 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3816
3817 void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res,
3818 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info);
3819 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3820 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3821 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3822 bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3823 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3824 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3825 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
3826 SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3827 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3828 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3829 StringRef AsmString,
3830 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3831 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3832 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3833 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3834 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3835 LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3836 SourceLocation Location,
3837 bool AlwaysCreate);
3838
3839 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3840 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3841 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3842 bool Invalid = false);
3843
3844 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3845
3846 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3847 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3848
3849 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3850
3851 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3852 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3853
3854 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3855 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3856 Scope *CurScope);
3857 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3858 Expr *operand);
3859 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3860 Expr *SynchExpr,
3861 Stmt *SynchBody);
3862
3863 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3864
3865 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3866 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3867 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3868 IdentifierInfo *Id);
3869
3870 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3871
3872 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3873 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3874 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3875 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3876
3877 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3878 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3879 Stmt *Handler);
3880 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3881 Expr *FilterExpr,
3882 Stmt *Block);
3883 void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
3884 void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
3885 StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3886 StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3887
3888 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3889
3890 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3891
3892 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3893 /// of it.
3894 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3895
3896 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3897 /// whose result is unused, warn.
3898 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3899 void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3900 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3901
3902 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3903 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3904 ///
3905 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3906 /// if (condition);
3907 /// do_stuff();
3908 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3909 const Stmt *Body,
3910 unsigned DiagID);
3911
3912 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3913 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3914 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3915 const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3916
3917 /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3918 void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3919 SourceLocation OpLoc);
3920
3921 /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
3922 /// _Nonnull one.
3923 void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
3924 SourceLocation Loc);
3925
3926 /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr.
3927 void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E);
3928
3929 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3930 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3931 }
3932 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3933
3934 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3935 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3936 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3937 }
3938 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3939 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3940 }
3941
3942 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3943
3944 void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3945 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3946 bool ObjCPropertyAccess,
3947 bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false);
3948
3949 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3950 UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
3951
3952 /// \brief Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD
3953 void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD);
3954
3955 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3956 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3957
3958 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid);
3959 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3960 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr,
3961 bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false,
3962 bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false);
3963 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3964 void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3965 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3966 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3967 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3968 SourceLocation Loc);
3969 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3970 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3971
3972 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3973 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3974 bool IsDecltype = false);
3975 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3976 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3977 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3978 bool IsDecltype = false);
3979 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3980
3981 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3982
3983 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3984 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3985
3986 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3987
3988 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also
3989 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3990 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants
3991 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3992 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3993 // named expressions.
3994 //
3995 // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and
3996 // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of
3997 // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance,
3998 // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an
3999 // explicit nested-name-specifier).
4000 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse);
4001 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
4002 bool MightBeOdrUse = true);
4003 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
4004 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr);
4005 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
4006
4007 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
4008 void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
4009
4010 enum TryCaptureKind {
4011 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
4012 };
4013
4014 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
4015 ///
4016 /// \param Var The variable to capture.
4017 ///
4018 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
4019 ///
4020 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
4021 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
4022 ///
4023 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
4024 /// an explicit lambda capture.
4025 ///
4026 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
4027 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
4028 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
4029 /// if the variable cannot be captured.
4030 ///
4031 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
4032 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
4033 /// variable can be captured.
4034 ///
4035 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
4036 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
4037 /// captured.
4038 ///
4039 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4040 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4041 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4042 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4043 /// a nested generic lambda.
4044 ///
4045 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
4046 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
4047 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
4048 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
4049 QualType &CaptureType,
4050 QualType &DeclRefType,
4051 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
4052
4053 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
4054 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
4055 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
4056 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
4057
4058 /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
4059 bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
4060
4061 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
4062 /// variable will have in the given scope.
4063 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
4064
4065 /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as
4066 /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent
4067 /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced.
4068 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
4069 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
4070 bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
4071
4072 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
4073 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
4074 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
4075 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
4076 bool ForceComplain = false,
4077 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
4078
4079 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
4080 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
4081 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
4082
4083 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
4084 /// evaluation context.
4085 ///
4086 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
4087 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
4088 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
4089 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
4090 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
4091 const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
4092
4093 // Primary Expressions.
4094 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
4095
4096 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
4097 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4098 UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
4099 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
4100 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
4101
4102 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
4103 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
4104 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4105 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
4106
4107 bool
4108 DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
4109 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4110 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
4111 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
4112
4113 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
4114 IdentifierInfo *II,
4115 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
4116
4117 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4118 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4119 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4120 bool isAddressOfOperand,
4121 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4122
4123 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
4124 ExprValueKind VK,
4125 SourceLocation Loc,
4126 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
4127 ExprResult
4128 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
4129 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4130 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
4131 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
4132 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
4133 ExprResult
4134 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
4135 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4136 SourceLocation nameLoc,
4137 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
4138 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
4139 Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
4140 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
4141
4142 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4143 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4144 LookupResult &R,
4145 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4146 const Scope *S);
4147 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4148 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4149 LookupResult &R,
4150 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4151 bool IsDefiniteInstance,
4152 const Scope *S);
4153 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4154 const LookupResult &R,
4155 bool HasTrailingLParen);
4156
4157 ExprResult
4158 BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4159 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4160 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S,
4161 TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
4162
4163 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4164 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4165 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4166 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4167
4168 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4169 LookupResult &R,
4170 bool NeedsADL,
4171 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
4172 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
4173 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
4174 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
4175 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
4176 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
4177
4178 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
4179 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
4180 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4181 SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
4182 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
4183
4184 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
4185 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
4186 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4187 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
4188
4189 bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
4190
4191 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
4192 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
4193 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
4194 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
4195 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
4196 SourceLocation R,
4197 MultiExprArg Val);
4198
4199 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
4200 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
4201 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
4202 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
4203
4204 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4205 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
4206 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4207 Expr *ControllingExpr,
4208 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
4209 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
4210 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4211 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
4212 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4213 Expr *ControllingExpr,
4214 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
4215 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
4216
4217 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4218 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
4219 Expr *InputExpr);
4220 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4221 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
4222 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4223 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
4224
4225 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
4226
4227 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4228 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4229 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
4230 SourceRange R);
4231 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4232 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4233 ExprResult
4234 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4235 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
4236 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
4237 SourceRange ArgRange);
4238
4239 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
4240 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
4241
4242 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4243 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4244 SourceRange ExprRange,
4245 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4246 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
4247 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4248 IdentifierInfo &Name,
4249 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4250 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4251 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4252 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
4253
4254 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4255 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
4256 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4257 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
4258 ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
4259 Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4260 Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc);
4261
4262 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
4263 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
4264 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
4265 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
4266 // defines a custom operator->).
4267 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
4268 Scope *S;
4269 UnqualifiedId &Id;
4270 Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
4271 };
4272
4273 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
4274 Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
4275 CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4276 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4277 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4278 const Scope *S,
4279 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
4280
4281 ExprResult
4282 BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4283 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4284 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4285 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
4286 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4287 const Scope *S,
4288 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
4289 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
4290
4291 ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow,
4292 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4293 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field,
4294 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4295 const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo);
4296
4297 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
4298
4299 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
4300 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4301 const LookupResult &R);
4302
4303 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
4304 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4305 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4306 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4307 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
4308 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4309 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4310
4311 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4312 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4313 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4314 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4315 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4316 UnqualifiedId &Member,
4317 Decl *ObjCImpDecl);
4318
4319 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
4320 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
4321 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4322 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4323 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4324 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4325 bool ExecConfig = false);
4326 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4327 ParmVarDecl *Param,
4328 const Expr *ArgExpr);
4329
4330 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
4331 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
4332 /// locations.
4333 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4334 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4335 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
4336 bool IsExecConfig = false);
4337 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
4338 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4339 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
4340 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4341 Expr *Config = nullptr,
4342 bool IsExecConfig = false);
4343
4344 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
4345 MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
4346 SourceLocation GGGLoc);
4347
4348 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4349 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
4350 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
4351 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4352 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4353 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4354 Expr *Op);
4355 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
4356
4357 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
4358 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4359 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
4360 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
4361
4362 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
4363
4364 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4365 ParsedType Ty,
4366 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4367 Expr *InitExpr);
4368
4369 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4370 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4371 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4372 Expr *LiteralExpr);
4373
4374 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
4375 MultiExprArg InitArgList,
4376 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4377
4378 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
4379 SourceLocation Loc,
4380 bool GNUSyntax,
4381 ExprResult Init);
4382
4383private:
4384 static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
4385
4386public:
4387 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4388 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4389 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4390 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4391 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
4392 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4393
4394 void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc);
4395
4396 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
4397 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
4398 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4399 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4400 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4401
4402 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
4403 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
4404 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
4405
4406 void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
4407 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
4408 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
4409 void ActOnStmtExprError();
4410
4411 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
4412 struct OffsetOfComponent {
4413 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
4414 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident
4415 union {
4416 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
4417 Expr *E;
4418 } U;
4419 };
4420
4421 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
4422 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4423 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4424 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4425 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4426 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4427 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4428 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4429 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
4430 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4431 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4432
4433 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
4434 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4435 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
4436 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4437
4438 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
4439 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
4440 SourceLocation RPLoc);
4441 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
4442 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4443
4444 // __null
4445 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
4446
4447 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
4448
4449 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
4450 enum IfExistsResult {
4451 /// \brief The symbol exists.
4452 IER_Exists,
4453
4454 /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
4455 IER_DoesNotExist,
4456
4457 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
4458 /// from one instantiation to the next.
4459 IER_Dependent,
4460
4461 /// \brief An error occurred.
4462 IER_Error
4463 };
4464
4465 IfExistsResult
4466 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4467 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
4468
4469 IfExistsResult
4470 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4471 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4472 UnqualifiedId &Name);
4473
4474 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4475 bool IsIfExists,
4476 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4477 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4478 Stmt *Nested);
4479 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4480 bool IsIfExists,
4481 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
4482 Stmt *Nested);
4483
4484 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
4485
4486 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
4487 /// started.
4488 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4489
4490 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
4491 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
4492 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
4493 Scope *CurScope);
4494
4495 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4496 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4497 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4498
4499 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4500 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4501 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
4502 Scope *CurScope);
4503
4504 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
4505
4506 /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
4507 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4508 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4509 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4510
4511 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
4512
4513 /// __builtin_astype(...)
4514 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4515 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4516 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4517
4518 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
4519
4520 // Act on C++ namespaces
4521 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
4522 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4523 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4524 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
4525 SourceLocation LBrace,
4526 AttributeList *AttrList,
4527 UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl);
4528 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
4529
4530 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
4531 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
4532
4533 NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace();
4534
4535 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
4536 EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const;
4537
4538 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
4539 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
4540 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
4541
4542 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
4543 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
4544 ///
4545 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
4546 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
4547
4548 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
4549 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
4550 bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor);
4551
4552 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
4553 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4554 SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
4555 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4556 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4557 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
4558 AttributeList *AttrList);
4559
4560 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
4561
4562 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
4563 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4564 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
4565 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
4566 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4567 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4568 IdentifierInfo *Ident);
4569
4570 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
4571 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
4572 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
4573 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
4574 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
4575 NamedDecl *Target,
4576 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
4577
4578 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4579 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4580 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4581 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4582 const LookupResult &Previous);
4583 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4584 bool HasTypename,
4585 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4586 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4587 SourceLocation NameLoc);
4588
4589 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4590 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4591 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4592 SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4593 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4594 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4595 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4596 AttributeList *AttrList,
4597 bool IsInstantiation);
4598 NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom,
4599 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions);
4600
4601 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
4602
4603 /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the
4604 /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit
4605 /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization.
4606 CXXConstructorDecl *
4607 findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor,
4608 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow);
4609
4610 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4611 AccessSpecifier AS,
4612 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4613 SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4614 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4615 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4616 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4617 AttributeList *AttrList);
4618 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4619 AccessSpecifier AS,
4620 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4621 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4622 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4623 AttributeList *AttrList,
4624 TypeResult Type,
4625 Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
4626
4627 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
4628 /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
4629 ///
4630 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
4631 ExprResult
4632 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4633 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4634 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4635 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4636 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4637 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4638 SourceRange ParenRange);
4639
4640 /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if
4641 /// it denotes an inherited constructor.
4642 ExprResult
4643 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4644 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4645 MultiExprArg Exprs,
4646 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4647 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4648 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4649 SourceRange ParenRange);
4650
4651 // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
4652 // the constructor can be elidable?
4653 ExprResult
4654 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4655 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4656 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4657 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
4658 bool IsListInitialization,
4659 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
4660 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
4661
4662 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
4663
4664
4665 /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary.
4666 /// Return true on error.
4667 bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
4668 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4669
4670 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
4671 /// the default expr if needed.
4672 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4673 FunctionDecl *FD,
4674 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4675
4676 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
4677 /// constructed variable.
4678 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
4679
4680 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
4681 /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
4682 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
4683 // Pointer to allow copying
4684 Sema *Self;
4685 // We order exception specifications thus:
4686 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
4687 // throw() comes next.
4688 // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
4689 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
4690 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
4691 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
4692 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
4693 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
4694
4695 void ClearExceptions() {
4696 ExceptionsSeen.clear();
4697 Exceptions.clear();
4698 }
4699
4700 public:
4701 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
4702 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
4703 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
4704 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
4705 }
4706
4707 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
4708 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4709 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&(static_cast <bool> (ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept
&& "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result")
? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 4710, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
4710 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result")(static_cast <bool> (ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept
&& "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result")
? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-6.0~svn318693/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h"
, 4710, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
;
4711 return ComputedEST;
4712 }
4713
4714 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
4715 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4716
4717 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
4718 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4719
4720 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4721 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4722
4723 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4724 void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4725
4726 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4727 /// computed exception specification.
4728 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4729 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4730 ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4731 if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4732 ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4733 } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4734 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4735 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4736 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4737 ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
4738 ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4739 tok::kw_false).get();
4740 }
4741 return ESI;
4742 }
4743 };
4744
4745 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4746 /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4747 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4748 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4749 CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4750
4751 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4752 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4753 /// will be const.
4754 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4755 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4756
4757 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
4758 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4759 /// parameter will be const.
4760 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4761 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4762
4763 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4764 /// constructor of a class will have.
4765 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4766 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4767
4768 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4769 /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4770 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4771 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4772
4773 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4774 /// destructor of a class will have.
4775 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4776 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4777
4778 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4779 /// constructor of a class will have.
4780 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4781 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4782 CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4783
4784 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4785 /// special member function.
4786 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4787
4788 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4789 /// exception specification information with the results.
4790 void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4791 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4792 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4793 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4794 Expr *NoexceptExpr,
4795 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4796 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4797
4798 /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4799 /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4800 bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4801
4802 /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4803 /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4804 /// after the method itself was declared.
4805 void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4806 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4807 SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4808 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4809 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4810 Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4811
4812 class InheritedConstructorInfo;
4813
4814 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4815 /// definition when it is defaulted.
4816 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4817 InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr,
4818 bool Diagnose = false);
4819
4820 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4821 ///
4822 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4823 /// default constructor will be added.
4824 ///
4825 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4826 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4827 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4828
4829 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4830 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4831 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4832 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4833
4834 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4835 ///
4836 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4837 /// destructor will be added.
4838 ///
4839 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4840 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4841
4842 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4843 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4844 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4845 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4846
4847 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4848 ///
4849 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4850 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4851 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4852 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4853
4854 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4855 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4856 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4857
4858 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4859 ///
4860 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4861 /// copy constructor will be added.
4862 ///
4863 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4864 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4865
4866 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4867 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4868 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4869 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4870
4871 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4872 ///
4873 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4874 /// move constructor will be added.
4875 ///
4876 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4877 /// declared.
4878 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4879
4880 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4881 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4882 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4883 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4884
4885 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4886 ///
4887 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4888 /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4889 ///
4890 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4891 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4892
4893 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4894 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4895 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4896
4897 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4898 ///
4899 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4900 /// move assignment operator will be added.
4901 ///
4902 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4903 /// wasn't declared.
4904 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4905
4906 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4907 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4908 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4909
4910 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4911 /// class.
4912 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4913
4914 /// \brief Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member.
4915 void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD);
4916
4917 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4918 /// special member function.
4919 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4920
4921 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4922 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4923 ///
4924 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4925 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4926
4927 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4928 /// member function.
4929 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4930
4931 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4932 /// static member function.
4933 ///
4934 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4935 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4936
4937 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4938 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4939 /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4940 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4941
4942 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4943 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4944 SourceLocation Loc,
4945 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4946 bool AllowExplicit = false,
4947 bool IsListInitialization = false);
4948
4949 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4950 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4951 IdentifierInfo &Name);
4952
4953 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4954 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4955 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4956 ParsedType ObjectType,
4957 bool EnteringContext);
4958
4959 ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
4960 ParsedType ObjectType);
4961
4962 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4963 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4964 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4965
4966 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4967 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4968 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4969 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4970 Declarator &D,
4971 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4972 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4973 Expr *E,
4974 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4975
4976 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4977 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4978 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4979 Expr *E,
4980 SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4981 SourceRange Parens);
4982
4983 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4984 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4985 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4986 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4987 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4988 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4989 Expr *Operand,
4990 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4991
4992 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4993 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4994 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4995 void *TyOrExpr,
4996 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4997
4998 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4999 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
5000 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
5001 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5002 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
5003 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
5004 Expr *Operand,
5005 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5006
5007 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
5008 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5009 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
5010 void *TyOrExpr,
5011 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5012
5013 /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
5014 ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
5015 tok::TokenKind Operator,
5016 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
5017 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5018 ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
5019 BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
5020 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
5021 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5022 ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5023 BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
5024
5025 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer.
5026 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
5027
5028 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
5029 ///
5030 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
5031 QualType getCurrentThisType();
5032
5033 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
5034 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
5035 /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
5036 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
5037
5038 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
5039 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
5040 class CXXThisScopeRAII {
5041 Sema &S;
5042 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
5043 bool Enabled;
5044
5045 public:
5046 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
5047 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
5048 /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
5049 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
5050 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
5051 bool Enabled = true);
5052
5053 ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
5054 };
5055
5056 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
5057 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
5058 ///
5059 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
5060 ///
5061 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
5062 /// capture list.
5063 ///
5064 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
5065 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
5066 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
5067 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
5068 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
5069 /// a non-static member function or a static function).
5070 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
5071 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
5072 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
5073 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr,
5074 bool ByCopy = false);
5075
5076 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
5077 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
5078 /// being defined.
5079 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
5080
5081 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
5082 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
5083
5084
5085 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
5086 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
5087
5088 ExprResult
5089 ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs,
5090 SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen);
5091
5092 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
5093 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
5094
5095 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
5096 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
5097 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
5098 bool IsThrownVarInScope);
5099 bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
5100
5101 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
5102 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
5103 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
5104 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
5105 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
5106 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5107 MultiExprArg Exprs,
5108 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5109
5110 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
5111 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5112 MultiExprArg Exprs,
5113 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5114
5115 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
5116 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
5117 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
5118 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
5119 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
5120 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
5121 Expr *Initializer);
5122 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
5123 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
5124 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
5125 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
5126 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
5127 QualType AllocType,
5128 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
5129 Expr *ArraySize,
5130 SourceRange DirectInitRange,
5131 Expr *Initializer);
5132
5133 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
5134 SourceRange R);
5135 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
5136 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
5137 bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
5138 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
5139 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
5140 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
5141 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
5142 ArrayRef<QualType> Params);
5143
5144 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
5145 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
5146 bool Diagnose = true);
5147 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
5148 bool CanProvideSize,
5149 bool Overaligned,
5150 DeclarationName Name);
5151 FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc,
5152 CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5153
5154 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
5155 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
5156 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
5157 Expr *Operand);
5158 void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
5159 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
5160 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
5161 SourceLocation DtorLoc);
5162
5163 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
5164 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
5165 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
5166 SourceLocation RParen);
5167
5168 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
5169 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
5170 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
5171 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5172 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
5173 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
5174 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5175
5176 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support
5177 /// pseudo-functions.
5178 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
5179 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5180 ParsedType LhsTy,
5181 Expr *DimExpr,
5182 SourceLocation RParen);
5183
5184 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
5185 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5186 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
5187 Expr *DimExpr,
5188 SourceLocation RParen);
5189
5190 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
5191 /// pseudo-functions.
5192 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
5193 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5194 Expr *Queried,
5195 SourceLocation RParen);
5196
5197 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
5198 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5199 Expr *Queried,
5200 SourceLocation RParen);
5201
5202 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
5203 Expr *Base,
5204 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5205 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5206 ParsedType &ObjectType,
5207 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
5208
5209 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
5210 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5211 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5212 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5213 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
5214 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5215 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5216 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
5217
5218 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5219 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5220 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5221 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5222 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
5223 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5224 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5225 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
5226
5227 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5228 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5229 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5230 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5231 const DeclSpec& DS);
5232
5233 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
5234 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
5235 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
5236 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
5237 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
5238 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
5239
5240 MaterializeTemporaryExpr *
5241 CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary,
5242 bool BoundToLvalueReference);
5243
5244 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
5245 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
5246 : SourceLocation());
5247 }
5248 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
5249 bool DiscardedValue = false,
5250 bool IsConstexpr = false,
5251 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
5252 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
5253
5254 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
5255 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
5256
5257 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
5258 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5259 bool EnteringContext = false);
5260 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5261 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
5262
5263 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
5264 ///
5265 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5266 ///
5267 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
5268 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
5269 ///
5270 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5271 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5272
5273 /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
5274 ///
5275 /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
5276 ///
5277 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
5278 ///
5279 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
5280 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
5281 ///
5282 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5283 bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
5284 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5285
5286 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
5287 bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
5288 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
5289
5290 /// \brief Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec.
5291 ///
5292 struct NestedNameSpecInfo {
5293 /// \brief The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in
5294 /// a member access expression.
5295 ParsedType ObjectType;
5296
5297 /// \brief The identifier preceding the '::'.
5298 IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
5299
5300 /// \brief The location of the identifier.
5301 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc;
5302
5303 /// \brief The location of the '::'.
5304 SourceLocation CCLoc;
5305
5306 /// \brief Creates info object for the most typical case.
5307 NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
5308 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType())
5309 : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc),
5310 CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
5311 }
5312
5313 NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
5314 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType)
5315 : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II),
5316 IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
5317 }
5318 };
5319
5320 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5321 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo);
5322
5323 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5324 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5325 bool EnteringContext,
5326 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5327 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
5328 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
5329 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
5330 bool OnlyNamespace = false);
5331
5332 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
5333 ///
5334 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5335 ///
5336 /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the
5337 /// nested-name-spec.
5338 ///
5339 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
5340 /// this nested-name-specifier.
5341 ///
5342 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5343 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5344 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5345 /// including this new type).
5346 ///
5347 /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
5348 /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
5349 ///
5350 /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
5351 /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
5352 /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
5353 ///
5354 /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup.
5355 ///
5356 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5357 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5358 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5359 bool EnteringContext,
5360 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5361 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
5362 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
5363 bool OnlyNamespace = false);
5364
5365 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
5366
5367 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5368 const DeclSpec &DS,
5369 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
5370
5371 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5372 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5373 bool EnteringContext);
5374
5375 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
5376 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
5377 ///
5378 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5379 ///
5380 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5381 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5382 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5383 /// including this new type).
5384 ///
5385 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5386 /// \param TemplateName the template name.
5387 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5388 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
5389 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5390 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
5391 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5392 ///
5393 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
5394 /// nested-name-specifier.
5395 ///
5396 ///
5397 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5398 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5399 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5400 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5401 TemplateTy TemplateName,
5402 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5403 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5404 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5405 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5406 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5407 bool EnteringContext);
5408
5409 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
5410 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
5411 /// nested-name-specifier.
5412 ///
5413 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
5414 ///
5415 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
5416 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
5417 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5418
5419 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
5420 /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
5421 ///
5422 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
5423 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
5424 ///
5425 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
5426 ///
5427 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
5428 /// of the annotation pointer.
5429 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
5430 SourceRange AnnotationRange,
5431 CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5432
5433 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5434
5435 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
5436 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
5437 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
5438 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
5439 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
5440 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
5441 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5442
5443 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
5444 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
5445 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
5446 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
5447 /// defining scope.
5448 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5449
5450 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
5451 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5452 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
5453 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
5454 /// class X.
5455 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5456
5457 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
5458 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5459 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5460
5461 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
5462 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5463 TypeSourceInfo *Info,
5464 bool KnownDependent,
5465 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
5466
5467 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
5468 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5469 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5470 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
5471 SourceLocation EndLoc,
5472 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
5473 bool IsConstexprSpecified);
5474
5475 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
5476 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
5477 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
5478 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5479 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
5480 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
5481 bool ExplicitParams,
5482 bool ExplicitResultType,
5483 bool Mutable);
5484
5485 /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
5486 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
5487 /// not being used to initialize a reference.
5488 ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5489 SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id,
5490 LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
5491 return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5492 Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
5493 }
5494 QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
5495 IdentifierInfo *Id,
5496 bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init);
5497
5498 /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
5499 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
5500 ///
5501 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
5502 /// variables appropriately.
5503 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
5504 QualType InitCaptureType,
5505 IdentifierInfo *Id,
5506 unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init);
5507
5508 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
5509 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
5510
5511 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
5512 /// given lambda.
5513 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5514
5515 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
5516 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
5517
5518 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
5519 /// statements present in the body.
5520 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
5521
5522 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
5523 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
5524 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
5525 /// lambda.
5526 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
5527 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
5528
5529 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
5530 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
5531 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
5532 bool IsInstantiation = false);
5533
5534 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
5535 /// was successfully completed.
5536 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
5537 Scope *CurScope);
5538
5539 /// \brief Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects?
5540 bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &From);
5541
5542 /// \brief Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused.
5543 void DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &From);
5544
5545 /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
5546 /// lambda body.
5547 ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
5548 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5549
5550 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5551 /// function pointer.
5552 ///
5553 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5554 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5555 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5556 /// block pointer conversion.
5557 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
5558 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5559
5560 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5561 /// block pointer.
5562 ///
5563 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5564 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5565 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5566 /// block pointer conversion.
5567 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
5568 CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5569
5570 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5571 SourceLocation ConvLocation,
5572 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
5573 Expr *Src);
5574
5575 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
5576 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
5577 ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings);
5578
5579 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
5580
5581 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5582 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
5583 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
5584 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
5585 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
5586 bool Value);
5587 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
5588
5589 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5590 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
5591 /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type
5592 /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *",
5593 /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'.
5594 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
5595
5596 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
5597 Expr *IndexExpr,
5598 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
5599 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
5600
5601 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
5602 MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements);
5603
5604 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5605 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
5606 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5607 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5608 CXXConversionDecl *Method,
5609 bool HadMultipleCandidates);
5610
5611 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5612 SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
5613 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5614 ParsedType Ty,
5615 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5616
5617 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
5618 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
5619 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5620 SourceLocation SelLoc,
5621 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5622 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5623 bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
5624
5625 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
5626 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
5627 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5628 SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
5629 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5630 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
5631 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5632
5633 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5634 // C++ Declarations
5635 //
5636 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5637 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5638 Expr *LangStr,
5639 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
5640 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5641 Decl *LinkageSpec,
5642 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5643
5644
5645 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5646 // C++ Classes
5647 //
5648 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
5649 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
5650 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
5651
5652 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
5653 SourceLocation ASLoc,
5654 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5655 AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
5656
5657 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
5658 Declarator &D,
5659 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5660 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
5661 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
5662
5663 void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
5664 void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
5665 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5666 Expr *Init);
5667
5668 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5669 Scope *S,
5670 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5671 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5672 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5673 const DeclSpec &DS,
5674 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5675 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5676 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5677 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5678 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5679
5680 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5681 Scope *S,
5682 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5683 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5684 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5685 const DeclSpec &DS,
5686 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5687 Expr *InitList,
5688 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5689
5690 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5691 Scope *S,
5692 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5693 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5694 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5695 const DeclSpec &DS,
5696 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5697 Expr *Init,
5698 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5699
5700 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
5701 Expr *Init,
5702 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5703
5704 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
5705 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
5706 Expr *Init,
5707 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5708 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5709
5710 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5711 Expr *Init,
5712 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5713
5714 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5715 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
5716
5717 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
5718 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
5719
5720 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
5721
5722
5723 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
5724 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
5725 /// referenced.
5726 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5727 CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5728
5729 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
5730 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
5731 /// first use occurred.
5732 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
5733
5734 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
5735 /// materialized.
5736 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
5737
5738 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
5739 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
5740 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
5741 /// by code generation).
5742 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
5743
5744 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
5745 void LoadExternalVTableUses();
5746
5747 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5748 /// given location.
5749 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5750 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5751
5752 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5753 /// in the given class as needed.
5754 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5755 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5756
5757 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5758 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5759 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5760 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5761
5762 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5763 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5764 /// vtables.
5765 ///
5766 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5767 bool DefineUsedVTables();
5768
5769 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5770
5771 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5772 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5773 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5774 bool AnyErrors);
5775
5776 /// \brief Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must
5777 /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later
5778 /// when all outer classes of Class are complete.
5779 void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5780
5781 void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods();
5782
5783 void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
5784 CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
5785 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
5786 SourceLocation BaseLoc);
5787
5788 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5789 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5790 Decl *TagDecl,
5791 SourceLocation LBrac,
5792 SourceLocation RBrac,
5793 AttributeList *AttrList);
5794 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5795 void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D);
5796
5797 void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5798 unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5799 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5800 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5801 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5802 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5803 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5804 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5805 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5806 CachedTokens &Toks);
5807 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5808 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5809
5810 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5811 Expr *AssertExpr,
5812 Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5813 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5814 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5815 Expr *AssertExpr,
5816 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5817 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5818 bool Failed);
5819
5820 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5821 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5822 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5823 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5824 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5825 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5826 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5827
5828 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5829 StorageClass& SC);
5830 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5831 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5832 StorageClass& SC);
5833 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5834 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5835 StorageClass& SC);
5836 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5837 void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5838 StorageClass &SC);
5839 void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD);
5840
5841 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5842 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5843 const FunctionProtoType *T);
5844 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5845
5846 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5847 // C++ Derived Classes
5848 //
5849
5850 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5851 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5852 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5853 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5854 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5855 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5856
5857 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5858 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5859 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5860 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5861 ParsedType basetype,
5862 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5863 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5864
5865 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5866 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5867 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl,
5868 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5869
5870 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5871 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5872 CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5873
5874 // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5875 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5876
5877 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5878 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5879 CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5880 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5881 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5882 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5883 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5884 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5885 DeclarationName Name,
5886 CXXCastPath *BasePath,
5887 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5888
5889 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5890
5891 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5892 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5893
5894 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5895 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5896 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5897 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5898
5899 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5900 /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5901 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5902 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5903
5904 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5905
5906 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5907 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5908
5909 /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
5910 /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
5911 void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5912
5913 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5914 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5915 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5916 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5917 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5918
5919
5920 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5921 // C++ Access Control
5922 //
5923
5924 enum AccessResult {
5925 AR_accessible,
5926 AR_inaccessible,
5927 AR_dependent,
5928 AR_delayed
5929 };
5930
5931 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5932 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5933 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5934
5935 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5936 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5937 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5938 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5939 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5940 SourceRange PlacementRange,
5941 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5942 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5943 bool Diagnose = true);
5944 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5945 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5946 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5947 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5948 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5949 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5950 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5951 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5952 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5953 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5954 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5955 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5956 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5957 QualType objectType = QualType());
5958 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5959 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5960 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5961 DeclAccessPair Found);
5962 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5963 Expr *ObjectExpr,
5964 Expr *ArgExpr,
5965 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5966 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5967 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5968 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5969 QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5970 const CXXBasePath &Path,
5971 unsigned DiagID,
5972 bool ForceCheck = false,
5973 bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5974 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5975 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5976 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5977 AccessSpecifier access,
5978 QualType objectType);
5979
5980 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5981 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5982 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5983 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5984
5985 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5986
5987 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5988 /// failures rather than hard errors.
5989 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5990
5991 enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5992 AbstractNone = -1,
5993 AbstractReturnType,
5994 AbstractParamType,
5995 AbstractVariableType,
5996 AbstractFieldType,
5997 AbstractIvarType,
5998 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5999 AbstractArrayType
6000 };
6001
6002 bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
6003 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
6004 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
6005 template <typename... Ts>
6006 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
6007 const Ts &...Args) {
6008 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
6009 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
6010 }
6011
6012 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
6013
6014 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6015 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
6016 //
6017
6018 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
6019
6020 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
6021
6022 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6023 // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
6024 //
6025 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
6026 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
6027 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
6028 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
6029
6030 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6031 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
6032 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
6033
6034 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
6035 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6036 bool hasTemplateKeyword,
6037 UnqualifiedId &Name,
6038 ParsedType ObjectType,
6039 bool EnteringContext,
6040 TemplateTy &Template,
6041 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
6042
6043 /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z
6044 /// deduction-guide declaration.
6045 bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name,
6046 SourceLocation NameLoc,
6047 ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr);
6048
6049 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
6050 SourceLocation IILoc,
6051 Scope *S,
6052 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
6053 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
6054 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
6055
6056 bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6057 NamedDecl *Instantiation,
6058 bool InstantiatedFromMember,
6059 const NamedDecl *Pattern,
6060 const NamedDecl *PatternDef,
6061 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6062 bool Complain = true);
6063
6064 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
6065 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
6066
6067 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
6068 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6069 SourceLocation KeyLoc,
6070 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
6071 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
6072 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
6073 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
6074 ParsedType DefaultArg);
6075
6076 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI,
6077 SourceLocation Loc);
6078 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
6079
6080 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
6081 unsigned Depth,
6082 unsigned Position,
6083 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
6084 Expr *DefaultArg);
6085 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
6086 SourceLocation TmpLoc,
6087 TemplateParameterList *Params,
6088 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6089 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
6090 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
6091 unsigned Depth,
6092 unsigned Position,
6093 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
6094 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
6095
6096 TemplateParameterList *
6097 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
6098 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
6099 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6100 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6101 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params,
6102 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6103 Expr *RequiresClause);
6104
6105 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
6106 enum TemplateParamListContext {
6107 TPC_ClassTemplate,
6108 TPC_VarTemplate,
6109 TPC_FunctionTemplate,
6110 TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
6111 TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
6112 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
6113 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
6114 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
6115 };
6116
6117 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
6118 TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
6119 TemplateParamListContext TPC);
6120 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6121 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
6122 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
6123 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
6124 bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
6125
6126 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
6127 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6128 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
6129 AttributeList *Attr,
6130 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
6131 AccessSpecifier AS,
6132 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
6133 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
6134 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
6135 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
6136 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
6137
6138 TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6139 QualType NTTPType,
6140 SourceLocation Loc);
6141
6142 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
6143 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
6144
6145 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
6146
6147 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
6148 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6149 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
6150
6151 TypeResult
6152 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6153 TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
6154 SourceLocation TemplateIILoc,
6155 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6156 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6157 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6158 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
6159 bool IsClassName = false);
6160
6161 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
6162 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
6163 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
6164 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
6165 SourceLocation TagLoc,
6166 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6167 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6168 TemplateTy TemplateD,
6169 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6170 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6171 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
6172 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
6173
6174 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
6175 Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
6176 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
6177 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
6178
6179 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
6180 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6181 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6182 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
6183
6184 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6185 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6186 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
6187 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6188 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
6189
6190 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6191 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6192 LookupResult &R,
6193 bool RequiresADL,
6194 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
6195
6196 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6197 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6198 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6199 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
6200
6201 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(
6202 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6203 UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
6204 TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false);
6205
6206 DeclResult
6207 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
6208 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6209 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
6210 TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
6211 AttributeList *Attr,
6212 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
6213 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
6214
6215 bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
6216 TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate,
6217 unsigned NumExplicitArgs,
6218 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);
6219 void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
6220 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
6221 void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
6222 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
6223
6224 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
6225 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
6226 Declarator &D);
6227
6228 bool
6229 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
6230 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
6231 NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
6232 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
6233 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
6234 bool &SuppressNew);
6235
6236 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
6237 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6238 LookupResult &Previous);
6239
6240 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
6241 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6242 LookupResult &Previous);
6243 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
6244 void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
6245
6246 DeclResult
6247 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6248 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6249 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6250 unsigned TagSpec,
6251 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6252 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6253 TemplateTy Template,
6254 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6255 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6256 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6257 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6258 AttributeList *Attr);
6259
6260 DeclResult
6261 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6262 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6263 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6264 unsigned TagSpec,
6265 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6266 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6267 IdentifierInfo *Name,
6268 SourceLocation NameLoc,
6269 AttributeList *Attr);
6270
6271 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6272 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6273 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6274 Declarator &D);
6275
6276 TemplateArgumentLoc
6277 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
6278 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6279 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6280 Decl *Param,
6281 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
6282 &Converted,
6283 bool &HasDefaultArg);
6284
6285 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
6286 /// argument is being checked.
6287 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
6288 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
6289 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
6290 CTAK_Specified,
6291
6292 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
6293 /// deduction.
6294 CTAK_Deduced,
6295
6296 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
6297 /// via template argument deduction.
6298 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
6299 };
6300
6301 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
6302 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6303 NamedDecl *Template,
6304 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6305 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6306 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
6307 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6308 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
6309
6310 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
6311 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
6312 ///
6313 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
6314 /// provided.
6315 ///
6316 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
6317 ///
6318 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
6319 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
6320 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
6321 /// arguments.
6322 ///
6323 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
6324 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
6325 /// set of template arguments.
6326 ///
6327 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
6328 /// arguments.
6329 ///
6330 /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to
6331 /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written.
6332 /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified.
6333 ///
6334 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6335 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
6336 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6337 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
6338 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
6339 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6340 bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true);
6341
6342 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
6343 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6344 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
6345
6346 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
6347 TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
6348 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6349 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
6350 TemplateArgument &Converted,
6351 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
6352 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6353 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6354 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
6355
6356 ExprResult
6357 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6358 QualType ParamType,
6359 SourceLocation Loc);
6360 ExprResult
6361 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6362 SourceLocation Loc);
6363
6364 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
6365 /// for equality.
6366 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
6367 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
6368 /// that might be redeclarations.
6369 ///
6370 /// \code
6371 /// template<typename T> struct X;
6372 /// template<typename T> struct X;
6373 /// \endcode
6374 TPL_TemplateMatch,
6375
6376 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
6377 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
6378 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
6379 ///
6380 /// \code
6381 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
6382 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
6383 /// \endcode
6384 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
6385
6386 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
6387 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
6388 /// template parameter.
6389 ///
6390 /// \code
6391 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
6392 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
6393 /// X<integer_c> xic;
6394 /// \endcode
6395 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
6396 };
6397
6398 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
6399 TemplateParameterList *Old,
6400 bool Complain,
6401 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
6402 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
6403 = SourceLocation());
6404
6405 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
6406
6407 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6408 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
6409 ///
6410 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6411 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6412 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6413 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
6414 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
6415 TypeResult
6416 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6417 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
6418 SourceLocation IdLoc);
6419
6420 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6421 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
6422 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
6423 ///
6424 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6425 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6426 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6427 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
6428 /// \param TemplateName The template name.
6429 /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template.
6430 /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name.
6431 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
6432 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
6433 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
6434 TypeResult
6435 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6436 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6437 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6438 TemplateTy TemplateName,
6439 IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
6440 SourceLocation TemplateIILoc,
6441 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6442 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6443 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
6444
6445 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
6446 SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
6447 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
6448 const IdentifierInfo &II,
6449 SourceLocation IILoc);
6450
6451 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6452 SourceLocation Loc,
6453 DeclarationName Name);
6454 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6455
6456 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
6457 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
6458 TemplateParameterList *Params);
6459
6460 std::string
6461 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6462 const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
6463
6464 std::string
6465 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6466 const TemplateArgument *Args,
6467 unsigned NumArgs);
6468
6469 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6470 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
6471 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6472
6473 /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
6474 /// location. Useful for error recovery.
6475 bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
6476
6477 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
6478 /// being diagnosed.
6479 ///
6480 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
6481 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
6482 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
6483 /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
6484 UPPC_Expression = 0,
6485
6486 /// \brief The base type of a class type.
6487 UPPC_BaseType,
6488
6489 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
6490 UPPC_DeclarationType,
6491
6492 /// \brief The type of a data member.
6493 UPPC_DataMemberType,
6494
6495 /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
6496 UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
6497
6498 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
6499 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
6500
6501 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
6502 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
6503
6504 /// \brief The enumerator value.
6505 UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
6506
6507 /// \brief A using declaration.
6508 UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
6509
6510 /// \brief A friend declaration.
6511 UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
6512
6513 /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
6514 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
6515
6516 /// \brief An initializer.
6517 UPPC_Initializer,
6518
6519 /// \brief A default argument.
6520 UPPC_DefaultArgument,
6521
6522 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
6523 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
6524
6525 /// \brief The type of an exception.
6526 UPPC_ExceptionType,
6527
6528 /// \brief Partial specialization.
6529 UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
6530
6531 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
6532 UPPC_IfExists,
6533
6534 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
6535 UPPC_IfNotExists,
6536
6537 /// \brief Lambda expression.
6538 UPPC_Lambda,
6539
6540 /// \brief Block expression,
6541 UPPC_Block
6542 };
6543
6544 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
6545 ///
6546 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
6547 ///
6548 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
6549 /// parameter packs.
6550 ///
6551 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
6552 ///
6553 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6554 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
6555 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
6556 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
6557
6558 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6559 /// diagnose the error.
6560 ///
6561 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
6562 ///
6563 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
6564 /// packs.
6565 ///
6566 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6567 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6568 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6569
6570 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
6571 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6572 ///
6573 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
6574 /// parameter packs.
6575 ///
6576 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6577 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
6578 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
6579
6580 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
6581 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
6582 ///
6583 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
6584 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6585 ///
6586 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6587 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6588 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6589
6590 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6591 /// diagnose the error.
6592 ///
6593 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
6594 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
6595 ///
6596 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6597 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6598 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6599
6600 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6601 /// diagnose the error.
6602 ///
6603 /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
6604 ///
6605 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
6606 /// parameter packs.
6607 ///
6608 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6609 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
6610 TemplateName Template,
6611 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6612
6613 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
6614 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6615 ///
6616 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
6617 /// parameter packs.
6618 ///
6619 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6620 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6621 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6622
6623 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6624 /// template argument.
6625 ///
6626 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6627 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6628 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
6629 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6630
6631 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6632 /// template argument.
6633 ///
6634 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6635 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6636 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6637 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6638
6639 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6640 /// type.
6641 ///
6642 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
6643 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6644 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
6645 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6646
6647 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6648 /// type.
6649 ///
6650 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
6651 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6652 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
6653 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6654
6655 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6656 /// nested-name-specifier.
6657 ///
6658 /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
6659 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6660 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6661 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6662
6663 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6664 /// name.
6665 ///
6666 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
6667 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6668 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6669 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6670
6671 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
6672 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
6673 ///
6674 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
6675 /// may already be invalid.
6676 ///
6677 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6678 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6679 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6680
6681 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
6682 /// creates a pack expansion.
6683 ///
6684 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6685 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6686 ///
6687 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6688 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6689
6690 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6691 /// expansion.
6692 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
6693 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6694 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6695
6696 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6697 /// expansion.
6698 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
6699 SourceRange PatternRange,
6700 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6701 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6702
6703 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6704 /// creates a pack expansion.
6705 ///
6706 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6707 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6708 ///
6709 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6710 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6711
6712 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6713 /// creates a pack expansion.
6714 ///
6715 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6716 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6717 ///
6718 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6719 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6720 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6721
6722 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
6723 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
6724 /// transforming the pattern.
6725 ///
6726 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
6727 /// pack expansion.
6728 ///
6729 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
6730 /// the pack expansion.
6731 ///
6732 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
6733 /// pattern.
6734 ///
6735 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
6736 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
6737 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
6738 ///
6739 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
6740 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
6741 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
6742 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
6743 ///
6744 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
6745 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
6746 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
6747 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
6748 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
6749 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
6750 /// set this value in other cases.
6751 ///
6752 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
6753 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
6754 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
6755 /// must be set.
6756 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6757 SourceRange PatternRange,
6758 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
6759 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6760 bool &ShouldExpand,
6761 bool &RetainExpansion,
6762 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
6763
6764 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
6765 /// type.
6766 ///
6767 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
6768 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
6769 ///
6770 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
6771 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
6772 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6773
6774 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
6775 /// parameter packs.
6776 ///
6777 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
6778 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
6779 ///
6780 /// \code
6781 /// void f(T...);
6782 /// \endcode
6783 ///
6784 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
6785 /// a variadic function.
6786 ///
6787 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
6788 /// false otherwise.
6789 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
6790
6791 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
6792 ///
6793 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
6794 ///
6795 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
6796 ///
6797 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6798 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6799 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6800 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6801 SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6802 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6803
6804 /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but
6805 /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of
6806 /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded.
6807 ///
6808 /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to
6809 /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible.
6810 Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg);
6811
6812 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6813 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6814 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6815
6816 /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention,
6817 /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType.
6818 /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function
6819 /// types.
6820 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType,
6821 bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false);
6822
6823 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6824 ///
6825 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6826 /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6827 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6828 /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6829 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6830 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6831 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6832 enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6833 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
6834 TDK_Success = 0,
6835 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6836 TDK_Invalid,
6837 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6838 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6839 TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6840 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6841 /// for every template parameter.
6842 TDK_Incomplete,
6843 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6844 /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6845 TDK_Inconsistent,
6846 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6847 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6848 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6849 /// but were given a non-const "X".
6850 TDK_Underqualified,
6851 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6852 /// resulted in an error.
6853 TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6854 /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent
6855 /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument.
6856 TDK_DeducedMismatch,
6857 /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of
6858 /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element
6859 /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list).
6860 TDK_DeducedMismatchNested,
6861 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6862 /// corresponding component of the argument.
6863 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6864 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6865 /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6866 TDK_TooManyArguments,
6867 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6868 /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6869 TDK_TooFewArguments,
6870 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6871 /// template arguments for the given template.
6872 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6873 /// \brief Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed.
6874 TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure,
6875 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6876 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure,
6877 /// \brief CUDA Target attributes do not match.
6878 TDK_CUDATargetMismatch
6879 };
6880
6881 TemplateDeductionResult
6882 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6883 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6884 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6885
6886 TemplateDeductionResult
6887 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6888 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6889 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6890
6891 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
6892 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6893 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6894 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6895 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
6896 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6897
6898 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
6899 // deduction for a call.
6900 struct OriginalCallArg {
6901 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam,
6902 unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType)
6903 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType),
6904 DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
6905 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {}
6906
6907 QualType OriginalParamType;
6908 bool DecomposedParam;
6909 unsigned ArgIdx;
6910 QualType OriginalArgType;
6911 };
6912
6913 TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(
6914 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6915 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6916 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6917 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6918 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
6919 bool PartialOverloading = false,
6920 llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; });
6921
6922 TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments(
6923 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6924 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6925 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6926 bool PartialOverloading,
6927 llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent);
6928
6929 TemplateDeductionResult
6930 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6931 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6932 QualType ArgFunctionType,
6933 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6934 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6935 bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
6936
6937 TemplateDeductionResult
6938 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6939 QualType ToType,
6940 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6941 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6942
6943 TemplateDeductionResult
6944 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6945 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6946 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6947 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6948 bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
6949
6950 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6951 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6952 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6953 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6954 QualType Replacement);
6955 /// \brief Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by
6956 /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar.
6957 QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6958
6959 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6960 enum DeduceAutoResult {
6961 DAR_Succeeded,
6962 DAR_Failed,
6963 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6964 };
6965
6966 DeduceAutoResult
6967 DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
6968 Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None);
6969 DeduceAutoResult
6970 DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
6971 Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None);
6972 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6973 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6974 bool Diagnose = true);
6975
6976 /// \brief Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've
6977 /// not already done so.
6978 void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template,
6979 SourceLocation Loc);
6980